CELLPOINT INC
10SB12G/A, 2000-01-18
COMMUNICATIONS SERVICES, NEC
Previous: FLAG INVESTORS PORTFOLIOS TRUST, POS AMI, 2000-01-18
Next: TELIGENT INC, 8-K, 2000-01-18



<PAGE>

                                 UNITED STATES
                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                              WASHINGTON, DC 20549

                                  FORM 10-SB/A-2

                   GENERAL FORM FOR REGISTRATION OF SECURITIES
                  OF SMALL BUSINESS ISSUERS UNDER SECTION 12(B)
                 OR 12(G) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934




                                 CELLPOINT INC.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 (Name of small business issuer in its charter)



          NEVADA                                         52-2032380
- ----------------------------------------------  --------------------------------
(State or other jurisdiction of                      (I.R.S. Employer
incorporation or organization)                      Identification No.)

Sofielundsvagen 4, S-191 47, Sollentuna, Sweden
- ----------------------------------------------  --------------------------------
 (Address of Principal Executive Offices)                (Zip Code)

                                46 8 544 90000
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                (Issuer's telephone number, including area code)


      Securities to be registered under Section 12(b) of the Exchange Act:



      Title of Each Class                     Name of Each Exchange on Which
      to be So Registered                     Each Class is to be Registered
- ----------------------------------  --------------------------------------------

        None
- ----------------------------------  --------------------------------------------


      Securities to be registered under Section 12(g) of the Exchange Act:


                     Common Stock, Par Value $0.001 Per Share
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                (Title of Class)


- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                (Title of Class)

<PAGE>

                                    PART I

ITEM 1.  DESCRIPTION OF BUSINESS

GENERAL

         CellPoint Inc. (formerly Technor International, Inc.) ("CellPoint"
or the "Company") is engaged in the business of promoting, marketing and
supporting the "CellPoint System", a digital cellular, or GSM (Global System
for Mobile Communications, "GSM") technology for positioning and telematics.
The Company acquired the rights to the technology platform supporting the
CellPoint System in February 1999, and has the right to use it worldwide,
with the exception of sub-Saharan Africa.

          Prior to its acquisition of the GSM technology, the Company was
engaged in developing technologies and applications for location-based
services using cellular devices. These application are the core of the
Company's business and can be used with any cellular positioning technology
platform, not just the platform underlying the CellPoint System. The Company
was engaged in business opportunities in Sweden with Comviq/Tele2. In
developing products and applications from Comviq, the Company learned of the
technology developed by Wasp International (Pty) Ltd. ("Wasp International"),
and entered into negotiations to license that platform. The Company's
business plan was to develop an deliver mass-market applications for
location-based services, whether through cellular networks, using GPS
satellites or a combination of the two. The first such application was
marketed by the Company under the name, "Resource Manager"', which allows
businesses and consumers alike to position and track a mobile cellular phone
using a standard Internet connection. Examples include companies wishing to
track their mobile personnel such as service technicians, or families wishing
to know where their children are. This is a mass-market application for
cellular phones rather than the vehicle-specific/terminal-specific vehicle
tracking technology developed by Wasp International. In addition to the
Company's own Resource Manager application is the Internet application and
map server technology that supports the Resource Manager application in
giving users graphical displays of positions plus assorted login and security
features necessary for commercial demands. These applications and tools were
developed by the Company and are the end-user products that cellular
operators would, under a contract with the Company, be able to provide as
part of the positioning services offered to their customers.

          Wasp International originally developed the GSM positioning
technology platform in South Africa. On May 26, 1998, the Company entered
into a relationship, including a license agreement, with Wasp International
who had developed the technology used within the GSM networks for positioning
and telematics. Pursuant to the license agreement, the Company was entitled
to market, support, distribute and sell GSM positioning and telematics
technology systems which enable users to determine the position of an object,
or remotely control objects equipped with the necessary hardware and software
components using the existing GSM cellular networks (the "License").
CellPoint also had the right to use further developments of this technology
including enhancements and new versions. As consideration for the license
rights it received pursuant to the License, the Company issued 1,950,000
shares of its Common Stock, valued at $4.00 per share, and paid $500,000
cost. In connection with the License, CellPoint exercised its option to
acquire a 25% ownership interest in Wasp International, together with an
option to purchase the remaining 75% of the shares prior to June 30, 1999.

         Effective February 28, 1999, CellPoint amended and restated its
existing arrangements with Wasp. Wasp International had transferred the
ownership of the GSM positioning technology to Novel Electronic Systems &
Technologies ("Novel"). Accordingly the Company's relationship with Wasp
International was superseded by an amended transaction, which provides the
Company with direct ownership of the GSM technology. In the 1999 transaction:
(i) CellPoint acquired from Novel the intellectual property rights to the GSM
technology for all territories outside of sub-Saharan Africa, (ii) CellPoint
purchased 100% of Wasp International, the business of which consists only of
a development team and tools used in the development of the proprietary GSM
positioning and telematics technologies; and (iii) CellPoint acquired 10% of
Wasp SA (Pty) Ltd. ("Wasp SA"), which is the South African corporation with
rights to the GSM technology in sub-Saharan Africa. Wasp International has
subsequently been renamed as CellPoint Systems S.A. (Pty) Ltd. ("CellPoint
SA").

         CellPoint Systems AB ("CellPoint AB"), a wholly-owned subsidiary of
the Company, focuses on the worldwide marketing, development, support,
distribution and sales of the Company's technologies and applications for
digital cellular communication and positioning systems. The Company's
technology and the applications of the technology are collectively marketed
under the name, the "CellPoint System".

         The Company's technology enables users to determine the position of a
cellular telephone or object, or to control remotely objects equipped with the
necessary hardware and software components using the existing GSM cellular
networks. Objects would typically be


<PAGE>

assets such as motor vehicles including cars, trucks, boats, construction
machinery and other assets possessing battery power. Telematics, or remote
control of these objects, can include power on/off, remote control of door
locks, fuel injection, vehicle lights and horn and could also include
temperature monitoring of cargo, engine RPM and activation/deactivation of
vehicle security systems. The primary applications include resource
management of mobile service personnel, fleet management and vehicle tracking
for security, including positioning and tracking for recovery in the event of
theft.

         The technology was originally commercialized by Wasp International
and Matrix Vehicle Tracking (Pty) Ltd., a South African corporation
("Matrix"), and has been in commercial use in South Africa for more than
three years. There are more than 25,000 commercial users of the technology in
South Africa. The Company has entered into a cooperation agreement with
Matrix whereby Matrix will make available to the Company its knowledge and
know-how regarding GSM positioning applications, strategies and service
delivery.

         The Company has begun to implement commercial usage of the GSM
technology in Europe. In April 1999, CellPoint signed an agreement with Tele2
AB ("Tele2") in Sweden for implementation of services built on the Company's
CellPoint positioning technology. The first services are targeted for
transport companies, service and sales organizations, with further services
on the way. Tele2 launched commercial services in Sweden based on the
CellPoint System in November 1999. The Company believes that the Tele2
program based on the CellPoint System is the first commercial service of this
type in the world.

         On July 28, 1999, the Company signed an agreement with France Telcom
Mobiles for an evaluation project of the Company's CellPoint positioning
technology. The CellPoint System has been installed and undergoing technical
testing since March 1999. A commercial testing phase commenced in September
1999. The Company has begun to receive contract revenues from these initial
contracts. The Company is marketing the CellPoint System throughout Europe,
Asia and North America, but there can be no assurance that the Company will
be successful in procuring additional contracts, or that the contracts
obtained will be profitable.

         Positioning of cellular telephones is a relatively new development of
the technology. Applications include resource and fleet management of mobile
personnel and assets, location of a caller in the event of emergency and
location-based information services, on demand, for a cellular phone user. In
the resource and fleet management application, companies can view and track
their mobile service personnel over the Internet. Information services can
include location-sensitive traffic reports, weather, and concierge information
services such as the location of the nearest hotel, restaurant or repair shop.
Emergency applications could include locating persons making emergency calls,
roadside assistance in the event of vehicle breakdown or location of a disabled
or impaired person who may be lost or missing.

         The Company is filing the Form 10-SB to register its Common Stock
pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the "1934
Act"). In 1997 and 1998, the Company completed an offering of an aggregate of
1,215,000 shares of its Common Stock pursuant to the exemption afforded by
Rule 504 of Regulation D under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the
"1933 Act"). In 1998, the Company completed an offering of 775,000 shares of
its Common Stock under Regulation S of the 1933 Act. See "Recent Sales of
Unregistered Securities". The Company intends to apply for the listing of its
Common Stock on the NASDAQ National Market. An effective Form 10-SB is a
prerequisite for a completed listing of the Common Stock on the NASDAQ
National Market. The Company believes that a listing on the NASDAQ National
Market will provide liquidity for its stockholders and will enable the
Company to raise additional equity capital on terms acceptable to the
Company. There can be no assurance as to when such listing will become
effective.

         The Company was organized as Technor International, Inc. on February
28, 1997, as a Nevada corporation, pursuant to the provisions of General
Corporation Law of Nevada. On October 4, 1999, the Company amended its
Articles of Incorporation to change its corporate name to "CellPoint Inc.".
The Company changed its name in order to have the Company directly associated
with its core technology, the CellPoint System, and to generate wider name
recognition in the business and financial communities. The Company also
changed its trading symbol to "CLPT" in substitution for "TNOR". The
principal business address and telephone numbers of the Company are
Sofielundsvagen 4, S-191 47, Sollentuna, Sweden, telephone +46 (0)8
5449-0000, facsimile +46 (0)8 5449 0005. The Company maintains a website at
www.cellpt.com.


                                      -2-


<PAGE>


RISK FACTORS

         LIMITED HISTORY OF THE COMPANY. The Company has limited operating
history upon which an evaluation of the Company's prospects can be made. The
Company has had no material revenues from its operations through June 30,
1999 and there can be no assurances as to when the Company will commence
generating revenues, or that it will be profitable once revenues are
generated. The Company's prospects must be considered keeping in mind the
risks, expenses, and difficulties frequently encountered in the establishment
of a new business in an ever changing industry and the research, development,
manufacture, commercialization, distribution, and commercialization of
technology, procedures, and products and related technologies. There can be
no assurance that unanticipated technical or other problems will not occur
which would result in material delays in product commercialization or that
the Company's efforts will result in successful product commercialization.
There can be no assurance that the Company will be able to achieve profitable
operations.

         GOING CONCERN OPINION. The report of the Company's independent
accountants, BDO International AB on the Company's financial statements for
the fiscal years ended June 30, 1999 and 1998, includes a statement that the
Company is a development stage company, with no revenues, and has sustained
losses from operations since inception. The auditors have stated that there
is substantial doubt about the ability of the Company to continue as a going
concern. Investors in the Company's shares should review carefully the report
of BDO International AB. There can be no assurances that the Company will be
able to continue as a going concern.

         SPECULATIVE INVESTMENT. The business objectives of the Company must be
considered speculative, and there is no assurance the Company will satisfy those
objectives. No assurance can be given that the stockholders of the Company will
realize a substantial return on their purchase of shares, or any return
whatsoever, or the stockholders of the Company will not lose their investments
in the Company completely.

         LIQUIDITY. The Company will require additional funds to implement
its business strategies, including cash for (i) payment of increased
operating expenses; and (ii) further implementation of its business
strategies. Such additional capital may be raised through additional public
or private financings, as well as borrowings and other resources. On July 27,
1999, the Company signed two letters of intent with Madison Securities, Inc.
of Chicago Illinois for the raising of additional capital through a bridge
financing of $2,000,000 and a private placement of up to $10,000,000 of
equity. On August 31, 1999, the bridge financing of $2,000,000 of 12%
promissory notes was completed. In connection with such bridge financing, the
Company issued an aggregate of 180,000 common stock purchase warrants;
100,000 of which have an exercise price of $7.49 per share and 80,000 of
which have an exercise price of $8.04 per share. On October 29, 1999, the
Company completed the first tranche of its private placement financing, in
which it sold an aggregate of 393,750 shares of Common Stock for gross
proceeds of $3,500,000. In such offering, $1,200,000 of bridge notes were
exchanged for shares of Common Stock, and $841,557 of the gross proceeds were
used to repay in full the balance of the bridge notes plus interest accrued
on all of the bridge notes. After paying underwriting commissions, the
Company received $1,108,443 in proceeds from the first tranche of the
offering. On November 12, 1999, the Company completed the second and final
tranche of the private placement, in which it sold an aggregate of 731,250
shares of Common Stock for gross proceeds of $6,500,000. After paying
underwriting commissions, the Company received $5,850,000 in net proceeds for
the second tranche. The Company believes these additional funds will enable
it to grow rapidly and expand its staff and resources.

         To the extent that additional capital is raised through the sale of
equity or equity-related securities, the issuance of such securities could
result in dilution to the Company's stockholders. No assurance can be given,
however, that the Company will have access to the capital markets in the
future, or that financing will be available on acceptable terms to satisfy
the cash requirements of the Company to implement its business strategies.
The inability of the Company to access the capital markets or obtain
acceptable financing could have a material adverse effect on the results of
operations and financial condition of the Company. The Company may be
required to raise substantial funds. If adequate funds are not available, the
Company may be required to curtail operations significantly or to obtain
funds through entering into arrangements with collaborative partners or
others that may require the Company to relinquish rights to certain of its
technologies or product candidates that the Company would not otherwise
relinquish. The Company's forecast of the period of time through which its
financial resources will be adequate to support its operations is a
forward-looking statement that involves risks and uncertainties, and actual
results could vary as a result of a number of factors, including those
described in these Risk Factors. The Company's immediate financial resources
are described in Item 2, Management's Discussion or Plan of Operation,
Liquidity and Capital Resources, Recent Events.

         RELIANCE ON MANAGEMENT. The Company is dependent on the efforts and
abilities of its senior management. The Company has employment agreements
with its executive officers: Lynn Duplessis, Peter Henricsson and Hadar Cars.
The key personnel are: Peter Henricsson - President and Chairman of the Board
of CellPoint and CellPoint's wholly-owned subsidiary CellPoint AB of Sweden
and a director of CellPoint SA of South Africa; Lynn Duplessis - Corporate
Vice President of CellPoint and a director of CellPoint

                                      -3-
<PAGE>

and each of its subsidiaries; Hadar Cars, President of CellPoint AB and
CellPoint SA. Mr. Henricsson and Ms. Duplessis are husband and wife. The loss
of any of these key employees could have a material adverse effect on the
business and prospects of the Company. The members of the Board of Directors
of the Company believe that all commercially reasonable efforts have been
made to minimize the risks attendant with the departure of any key personnel
from the service of the Company. There can be no assurance, however, that
upon the departure of any key personnel from the service of the Company that
replacement personnel will cause the Company to operate profitably. The
Company has no key man life insurance with respect to any of its executive
employees.

         LOSS ON DISSOLUTION OF THE COMPANY. In the event of dissolution of the
Company, the proceeds realized from the liquidation of the Company's assets, if
any, will be distributed to the stockholders of the Company only after
satisfaction of claims of the Company's creditors. The ability of a stockholder
to recover all or any portion of an investment in capital stock of the Company
will depend on the amount of funds realized and the claims to be satisfied
therefrom.

         SUPPLY OF HARDWARE. The Company owns the technology for the
CellPoint System but does not, at this time, manufacture any cellular
telephone equipment, the GSM terminals, SIM cards, or any cellular telephone
equipment. The Company is not required to buy terminals or other equipment
from Wasp SA and can contract to have the terminals manufactured by another
supplier. The Company has purchased quantities of the GSM computer terminals
from Wasp SA. Inasmuch as the capacity for certain services and components by
Wasp SA may be limited, as the Company's business grows, the inability of the
Company, for economic or other reasons, to obtain commercial quantities of
such computer terminals from Wasp SA could have a material adverse effect on
the Company. There can be no assurance that the alternate source of terminals
and other equipment will be available in commercial quantities or on
reasonable terms, and the lack of any such alternate source could have a
material adverse effect on the Company.

         MARKET ACCEPTANCE NOT YET ACHIEVED. The Company is currently
implementing commercial operations of the CellPoint System. There can be no
assurance that the CellPoint System will achieve a significant degree of
market acceptance, and that acceptance, if achieved, will be sustained for
any significant period or that product life cycles will be sufficient (or
substitute products developed) to permit the Company to recover start-up and
other associated costs. Failure of the CellPoint System to achieve or sustain
market acceptance could have a material adverse effect on the business,
financial conditions, and results of operations of the Company.

         ABILITY OF THE COMPANY TO IMPLEMENT ITS BUSINESS STRATEGY. Although the
Company intends to pursue a strategy of aggressive product marketing and
distribution, implementation of this strategy will depend in large part on its
ability to (i) establish a significant customer base and maintain favorable
relationships with those customers; (ii) effectively introduce acceptable
products to its customers; (iii) obtain adequate financing on favorable terms to
fund its business strategy; (iv) maintain appropriate procedures, policies, and
systems; (v) hire, train, and



                                      -4-
<PAGE>

retain skilled employees; and (vi) continue to operate in the face of increasing
competition. The inability of the Company to obtain or maintain any or all of
these factors could impair its ability to successfully implement its business
strategy, which could have a material adverse effect on the results of
operations and financial condition of the Company.

         TECHNOLOGICAL FACTORS. The market for the CellPoint System and cellular
telecommunications products is characterized by rapidly changing technology
which could result in product obsolescence or short product life cycles.
Similarly, the industry is characterized by continuous development and
introduction of new products and technology to replace outdated products and
technology. There can be no assurance that competitors will not develop
technologies or products that render the CellPoint System obsolete or less
marketable. The Company may be required to satisfy evolving industry or customer
requirements, which could require the expenditure of significant funds and
resources, and the Company does not have a source or commitment for any such
funds and resources.

         INTENSE COMPETITION. The telecommunication and cellular telephone
industries continue to undergo rapid change, and competition is intense and is
expected to increase. The Company is aware that other companies and businesses
market, promote and develop technologies and products which could be competitive
with the CellPoint System. There may exist other technologies and products that
are functionally equivalent or similar to the CellPoint System. The Company
expects that companies or businesses which may have developed or are developing
such technologies and products, as well as other companies and businesses which
have the expertise which could encourage them to develop and market competitive
products and technology, may attempt to develop technology and products directly
competitive with the CellPoint System. Many of these competitors have greater
financial and other resources than the Company.

         There can be no assurance that competitors have not or will not succeed
in developing technologies and products that are more effective than any which
the Company is developing or which would render the CellPoint System obsolete
and noncompetitive. Many of the competitors of the Company have substantially
greater experience, financial resources and marketing capabilities than the
Company.

         RISK OF PRODUCT LIABILITY; POTENTIAL UNAVAILABILITY OF INSURANCE. Novel
is taking a very limited responsibility for consequential damages and
liabilities of the GSM technology acquired by the Company. To that end, the
Company will be responsible for product performance and liabilities of itself,
and possibly, its sublicensees. Novel does not warrant the technology
performance or functionality outside of South Africa and will assume no
liability for factors beyond its control in the event of non-performance of the
technology. The Company does not currently have product liability insurance, and
there can be no assurance that the Company will be able to obtain or maintain
such insurance on acceptable terms or, if obtained, that such insurance will
provide adequate coverage against potential liabilities. The Company faces a
business risk of exposure to product liability and other claims in the event
that the use of the CellPoint System is alleged to result in adverse effects.
Such risk exists even with respect to those products that are manufactured in
licensed and regulated facilities or that otherwise possess



                                      -5-
<PAGE>

regulatory approval for commercial sale. There can be no assurance that the
Company will avoid significant product liability exposure or that insurance
coverage will be available in the future on commercially reasonable terms, or at
all, that such insurance will be adequate to cover potential product liability
claims, or that a loss of insurance coverage or the assertion of a product
liability claim or claims would not materially adversely affect the Company's
business, financial condition and results of operations. While the Company has
taken, and will continue to take, what it believes are appropriate precautions,
there can be no assurance that it will avoid significant liability exposure. An
inability to obtain product liability insurance at acceptable cost or to
otherwise protect against potential product liability claims could prevent or
inhibit the marketing and distribution of the CellPoint System by the Company.

         RISK OF PRODUCT RECALL, PRODUCT RETURNS. Product recalls may be issued
at the discretion of the Company or government agencies having regulatory
authority for product sales and may occur due to disputed labeling claims,
manufacturing issues, quality defects or other reasons. No assurance can be
given that product recalls will not occur in the future. Any product recall
could materially adversely affect the Company's business, financial condition or
results of operations. There can be no assurance that future recalls or returns
would not have a material adverse effect upon the Company's business, financial
condition and results of operations.

         RISKS OF INTERNATIONAL SALES AND OPERATIONS. The Company anticipates
that a significant portion of the revenue from the sale of the CellPoint System
will be derived from customers located outside the United States of America.
Because certain customers of the Company will be located in other countries, the
Company anticipates that international sales will account for a significant
portion of its revenues. There can be no assurance that the Company will be able
to compete successfully in international markets or to satisfy the service and
support requirements of its customers. Additionally, the Company's sales and
operations could be subject to certain risks, including tariffs, and other
barriers, difficulties in staffing and managing foreign subsidiary and branch
operations, currency exchange risks and exchange controls, potentially adverse
tax consequences and the possibly of difficulty in accounts receivable
collection. There can be no assurance that any of these factors will not have a
material adverse effect on the Company's business, financial condition and
results of operations.

         The Company will sell the CellPoint System in currencies other than the
U.S. Dollar, which would make the management of currency fluctuations difficult
and expose the Company to risks in this regard. The Company's results of
operations are subject to fluctuations in the value of various currencies
against the U.S. dollar. Although management will monitor the Company's exposure
to currency fluctuations, there can be no assurance that exchange rate
fluctuations will not have a material adverse effect on the Company's results of
operations or financial condition.

         The products marketed and distributed by the Company may be subject to
foreign government standards and regulations that are continually being amended.
Although the Company will endeavor to satisfy foreign technical and regulatory
standards, there can be no assurance that the CellPoint System will comply with
government standards and regulations, or changes thereto, or that it will be
cost effective for the Company to redesign its products to comply with such
standards or regulations. The inability of the Company to design or redesign
products to



                                      -6-
<PAGE>

comply with foreign standards could have a material adverse effect on the
Company's business, financial condition and results of operations.

         CONFLICTS OF INTEREST. The officers and directors of the Company may
engage in other activities. The persons serving as officers and directors of the
Company may have conflicts of interests in allocating time, services, and
functions between the other business ventures in which those persons may be or
become involved. The officers and directors of the Company, however, believe
that the Company will have sufficient staff, consultants, employees, agents,
contractors, and managers to adequately conduct the business of the Company.

         CONTROL BY EXISTING STOCKHOLDERS. Mr. Henricsson and Ms. Duplessis,
the founders of the Company, beneficially own together approximately 21.3% of
the issued and outstanding shares of the Company's Common Stock. Novel
beneficially owns approximately 26.9% of the issued and outstanding shares of
the Company's Common Stock. Mr. Henricsson and Ms. Duplessis are not
shareholders of Novel. Because of such ownership, Mr. Henricsson, Ms.
Duplessis and Novel will effectively control the election of all members of
the Board of Directors of the Company and determine all corporate actions.
Stockholders are not entitled to accumulate their votes for the election of
directors or otherwise.

         NO FORESEEABLE DIVIDENDS. The Company does not anticipate paying
dividends on its Common Stock in the foreseeable future; but, rather, the
Company plans to retain earnings, if any, for the operation and expansion of the
business of the Company.

         YEAR 2000 ISSUES. Many computer systems experience problems handling
dates beyond the year 1999. Therefore, some computer hardware and software will
need to be



                                      -7-
<PAGE>

modified prior to the year 2000 in order to remain functional. The Company
had undertaken a Year 2000 project to address the Company's readiness and
exposure to Year 2000 issues. The Company has assessed its exposure to Year
2000 issues in terms of its products, internally used operating systems,
software, and other technology, and third party vendors and suppliers. To
date, the Company has not experienced any material Year 2000 problems,
although there can be no assurances that such problems will not arise as the
Company and its vendors and suppliers operate their respective businesses in
the early part of 2000. The Company will continue to monitor its systems and
those of its vendors and suppliers.

         While the Company believes that it has substantially identified and
resolved all potential Year 2000 problems with any of the products that it
develops and markets, it is not possible to determine with complete certainty
that all Year 2000 problems affecting the Company's products have been
identified or corrected because these products interact with other third party
vendor systems not under the Company's control. It should be noted that the
operation of office and facilities equipment, such as fax machines,
photocopiers, telephone systems, security systems, elevators, and other common
devices may be affected by the Year 2000 problem.

         The Company has identified major suppliers and other third party
vendors integral to the operations of the Company's business. The Company
initiated communications with those suppliers and third party vendors to
assess their readiness to handle Year 2000 problems. However, the Company has
no control over and cannot predict the corrective actions of these third
party vendors and suppliers. The Company intends to arrange, to the extent
available, alternate supplier arrangements in the event that it considers a
third party vender to have material Year 2000 issues. While the Company
expects that it will be able to resolve any significant Year 2000 problems
related to third party products and services, there can be no assurance that
it will be successful in resolving any such problems. Any failure of these
third party vendors and suppliers to resolve Year 2000 problems with their
systems in a timely manner could have a material adverse effect on the
Company's business, financial condition, and results of operations.

         The discussions of the Company's efforts relating to Year 2000
compliance are forward-looking statements. The Company's ability to achieve Year
2000 compliance and the associated level of incremental costs could be adversely
affected by, among other things, the availability and cost of programming and
testing resources, vendors' ability to modify proprietary software and other
unanticipated problems. The failure to correct a material Year 2000 problem
could result in an interruption of certain normal business activities or
operations. Such failures could materially affect the Company's results of
operations, liquidity and financial condition. Because of the general
uncertainty inherent in the Year 2000 problem, the Company is unable at this
time to determine those consequences.

PRODUCTS AND SERVICES

         The Company is engaged in the business of developing, promoting,
marketing and supporting the CellPoint System, a digital cellular or GSM
technology for positioning and telematics. The CellPoint System enables users
to determine the position of a cellular telephone or object, or to control
remotely objects equipped with the necessary hardware and software components
using the existing cellular networks. Objects that are typically assets for
which the technology is useful include cars, trucks, boats, construction
machinery and other assets possessing battery power. Telematics, or remote
control of these objects, can include power

                                      -8-
<PAGE>

on/off, remote control of door locks, fuel injection, vehicle lights and horn,
and could also include temperature monitoring of cargo, engine RPM's and
activation/deactivation of vehicle security systems. The primary applications
are fleet management and vehicle tracking for security including positioning and
tracking for recovery in the event of theft.

         Positioning of cellular telephones is a relatively new development of
the technology. Applications include resource and fleet management of mobile
personnel and assets, location of a caller in the event of emergency and
location-based information services, on demand, for a cellular phone user. In
the resource and fleet management application, companies can view and track
their mobile service personnel over the Internet. Information services can
include location-sensitive traffic reports, weather, and concierge information
services such as the location of the nearest hotel, restaurant or repair shop.
Emergency applications could include locating persons making emergency calls,
roadside assistance in the event of vehicle breakdown or location of an elderly
or mentally challenged person who may be lost or missing.

         The CellPoint System is a valuable tool for fleet owners, i.e.,
shipping agencies, coach companies, taxi services, car rental agencies,
delivery firms, railroad companies, etc., who want to manage their vehicles
and assets more effectively. The communication and positioning system will
help fleet owners to optimize routes and allocate resources. The product can
also be used to monitor location, speed, rpm, distance traveled, time at
certain locations, fuel tank content and consumption of fuel. While the
Company believes that the potential cost savings for fleet owners using the
CellPoint System are significant, the Company has not had extensive
experience yet in the commercial use of these products.

         Rental companies (e.g., of machinery, vehicles, equipment and
containers) can use the CellPoint System for surveillance and allocation
purposes. Additionally, they can use the remote control feature to shut off
ignition and fuel, lock doors, etc., in case the customer misuses the equipment
or does not return the vehicle. In case of theft, the vehicle can also be
located and recovered. If necessary, a special homing beacon can be activated
when a recovery team is close to a stolen vehicle to assist in the final
tracking of the vehicle to the exact spot. Matrix has used this method in
multi-level car parks and underground garages.

         The hardware terminals used for in-vehicle applications contain a
GSM module. These terminals are built to be installed in vehicles and
withstand the harsh in-vehicle operating environment. Terminals have
input-output devices for telematics functions. One version of the terminal
also includes a global positioning module which is a satellite tracking
technology that complements the GSM tracking technology. The Company's
products also include proprietary software used in the positioning
calculations.

         The CellPoint System's terminals can also be programmed to activate by
remote control when, for example, someone reports an item missing, presses a
distress button, or when a conventional alarm is triggered. The CellPoint System
can also be pre-programmed to indicate when a vehicle passes certain limits,
e.g., being driven on board of a ferry or passing a country border. The remote
configuration will allow the operator to position the asset, lock doors, make
the lights flash, shut off fuel injection, etc.

                                      -9-

<PAGE>

         The Federal Communications Commission ("FCC") in the United States
adopted a ruling in June 1996 (Docket No. 94-102) that will require all
cellular telephone carriers to provide location information on all 911 calls.
By October 2001, carriers will be required to provide phone location
information within 125 meters of accuracy, 67% of the time. Management of the
Company believes that other countries will initiate such rulings in the
future as well. Even without such a ruling, many cellular carriers are
interested in providing new value-added services incorporating cellular
location such as the services available with the CellPoint System.

         A wide assortment of standard cellular telephones support the CellPoint
technology today. The Company believes that 75% - 90% or more of the cellular
phones sold in Europe this year will be compatible with the CellPoint System
technology.

SYSTEM COMPONENTS

         CellPoint's technology is based on both cellular telephones and
specially designed, compact GSM terminal units, which can easily be hidden in
a vehicle, boat, container or elsewhere. The cellular telephone can be
positioned in the same way as the purpose-designed terminals. The cellular
phone or terminal communicates with the CellPoint System over the GSM network
which makes it possible instantly to locate the phone/person, vehicle or
asset through the existing GSM radio network. The telephone, or the vehicle
or asset's position is displayed graphically on a computerized map. Since the
CellPoint System uses the existing GSM radio network, cellular telephones,
vehicles and other assets can be located even if they are inside buildings,
containers, urban canyons - places where there is normally GSM coverage but
not necessarily GPS satellite coverage.

         GSM technology provides for the integration of voice and data, allowing
for a wide variety of new data services (without the use of a separate modem).
Using the existing GSM mobile networks, the CellPoint System communication and
positioning technology is the only commercially available system in the world
known to the Company that can determine the position of an object using the
unmodified GSM networks. The CellPoint System does not affect the voice-carrying
capacity of the cellular telephone system. It is less expensive than
circuit-switched and packet radio because it does not use the cellular voice
channel for transmission. Implementation costs are lower because it does not
require the extensive modification or build-out that packet and private radio
require. Access for the end-user is via the Internet, via data connection or
telephone.

         The CellPoint System utilizes:

         - A standard GSM cellular network

         - Proprietary server system, the CellPoint System, (hardware and
software) interacting with the GSM cellular network operator's system, placed at
the operator's site, at CellPoint's premises or third party premises

         - A standard GSM cellular phone or a CellPoint GSM terminal unit

                                      -10-
<PAGE>

         - Client Software

         - The Internet

         The server consists of a number of computers that manage the traffic
between the GSM network and the client software. It is designed to handle large
quantities of messages used in complex applications. The CellPoint System
manages the communication processes, including routing of messages, calculation
of positions, database management and bi-directional message confirmation.
Remote billing features are also integrated.

         Client software for various applications is developed based on
customers' needs and can be customized to suit many environments. Normally
these applications provide a graphical interface to display positions as well
as to control the phone's or terminal's functions. Client software can be
modified for single user environment over the Internet or for a full control
center with multiple workstations. Connection to the CellPoint server can be
established through the Internet, dial-up or direct connection or via GSM.

         In the case of the proprietary in-vehicle terminals, the
microprocessor-controlled terminals contain a GSM unit and has a number of
inputs and outputs for customized uses. It consists of a GSM transmitter and
receiver, a computer circuit board and a battery. The battery provides back
up in case the regular power source is disconnected. The antenna is very
small and does not need to be mounted visibly, in the open or at the
exterior, so the units can be completely concealed and hidden in the asset or
vehicle. The Company also has a more advanced version of the terminal, with a
broader range of GSM functions and additional Global Positioning System
("GPS") satellite capability, making it more practical for extensive fleet
management services.

BUSINESS STRATEGY AND COMMERCIAL APPLICATIONS

         The Company's business strategy is to provide GSM positioning
applications and services in target markets around the world. The Company
must begin with installing the CellPoint System with a GSM cellular network
operator. The network operator will then market the CellPoint applications as
part of a group of services offered to the end-users of the cellular network.

         Revenues can be earned through (i) percentage or fixed price
participation in the revenue streams resulting from the new services offered by
that the network operator, (ii) sale of tiered licenses to network operators,
such as a fixed price for the first 50,000 users with increases for additions of
100,000, 500,000 and 1,000,000 users, (iii) usage revenues for service
providers, based on transaction volumes such as usage of 5 positions per second
scaled to hundreds of positions per second, (iv) sale of the CellPoint System to
strategic partners where partners are licensed to operate the technology in a
specified geographic area, and (v) advertising revenues for the internet web
application which is the application from which consumers and companies access
graphical positioning information of mobile telephones and terminals. To date,
the Company is engaged in marketing each type of these revenue opportunities.

                                      -11-
<PAGE>

         The Company's first commercial agreement was signed in April 1999
with Tele2, a GSM network operator in Sweden, for positioning services for
GSM telephones. This is a significant contract in that it constitutes the
first commercial use of the technology outside of South Africa. The Company
will receive revenue percentage participation with the operator based on a
sliding scale, such that a higher percentage is received for the first few
thousand users, and that percentage is reduced beyond higher volume users of
the technology. Further, the Company will receive minimum monthly payments
regardless of the number of users. Ongoing revenues commenced in October 1999
after the evaluation project. Tele2 launched commercial services in Sweden
for positioning of mobile phones based on the CellPoint System in November
1999. The Company participates in new revenues generated from the technology
on an ongoing basis, both for start-up fees and monthly fees, for as long as
the technology is used.

         On July 28, 1999, the Company signed an agreement with France
Telecom Mobiles for the purchase of a system for an evaluation project of the
Company's CellPoint positioning technology. The CellPoint System has been
installed and undergoing technical testing since March 1999. A commercial
testing phase commenced in September 1999. The Company has begun to receive
contract revenues from these initial contracts. The Company is continuing to
market the CellPoint System throughout Europe and the rest of the world, but
there can be no assurance that the Company will be successful in procuring
additional contracts, or that the contracts obtained will be profitable.

         Further strategic alliances are in place to co-market new services
internationally, such as with Across Wireless (formerly AU-system) of Sweden
for location-based information services for cellular telephones and with
Matrix for deploying vehicle tracking and fleet management services with the
Company's purpose-designed terminals. The Company also cooperates with
numerous cellular industry suppliers including cellular phone and SIM card
manufacturers. Additional strategic alliances being sought include
distribution and marketing channels to sell the positioning and telematics
services for GSM cellular phones and the proprietary hardware terminals to
end-users. End-users can include companies wishing to track and protect their
vehicle fleets for purposes of scheduling, dispatch, security and theft
recovery. End-user individuals could be the owner or a car for purposes of
location in the event of theft, for emergency SOS/E-911 services or location-
based information services.

         In addition to location services, the CellPoint System also supports
telematics applications. An example of a standard telematics application is
to remotely blink the vehicle's rear lights when law enforcement personnel
close-in on the stolen vehicle. A control center, equipped with the necessary
CellPoint client software and mapping application, can track a stolen vehicle
and report on the vehicle's whereabouts. Law enforcement personnel can verify
that they have located the exact vehicle in question when executing the
remote control operation to blink the vehicle's rear lights. Today, there are
over 25,000 purpose-designed GT terminals installed in South Africa where the
technology has been in commercial operation for three years. Recovery rates
for stolen vehicles are greater than 90%.

         The Company is in the process of negotiating additional contracts
with network operators and other strategic partners. The completion and
implementation of any one of these contracts will be significant but there
can be no assurance that such contracts will be completed.

RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT

         CellPoint, through its subsidiary CellPoint AB, spent approximately
$225,000 on research and development activities in fiscal 1999, as compared
to $7,000 spent on research and development in the previous fiscal year. In a
development project for the development of an X.25 communications interface
with SOS Alarm, Sweden's emergency dispatch organization, the costs for the
development were shared between CellPoint AB and SOS Alarm.

                                      -12-
<PAGE>

VALUE-ADDED MOBILE SERVICES

         Operators of cellular phone networks have, in a short period of time,
commanded the global market for mobile voice communication using their huge
investments in the mobile networks, and the GSM operators are now moving to
expand their revenue base and prevent churning of customers by offering VAMS
(Value Added Mobile Services). The companies demanding these new services are
the cellular operators around the world.

         The CellPoint technology fits very well into these operator demands.
The CellPoint System offers the cellular network operators the opportunity to
increase significantly their subscriber base and increase revenues by offering
additional services, without the necessity for a large capital investment. The
Company is not aware of any existing similar competing product offered by any
potential competitors at the date hereof and currently believes that it has a
timing advantage before any competing system is ready for commercial
introduction. There can be no assurance, however, as to the effect on the
Company's business, of any competing system when such system becomes
commercially feasible.

         The CellPoint System technology does not require any modification of
the mobile operator's existing base station hardware and software, which means
that these value added services can be offered with very low initial investments
and be implemented very quickly. The technology functions independently of the
manufacturer of the equipment or the provider of the cellular service.

         There can be no assurance that the CellPoint System will achieve a
significant degree of market share, and that such acceptance, if achieved, will
be sustained for any significant period or that life cycles of that technology
will be sufficient (or substitute products available) to permit the Company to
recover start-up and other associated costs.

COMPETITION

         Although the Company believes that the CellPoint System is unique,
there can be no assurances that other companies will not introduce similar or
more advanced technologies. To date, there is no known product commercially
installed in the market that either performs positioning using the unmodified
GSM network or has the extent of commercial experience in performing
positioning using the GSM network. Today, the CellPoint technology is in use
in South Africa where there are more than 25,000 users and the Company is
currently implementing it in Sweden and France.

         The Company knows of some companies that are working in the area of
using the GSM networks for positioning. Potential competitors have chosen to
develop "network-based" solutions as opposed to the "terminal-based" solution
Technor has. As far as the Company knows, no other company has implemented any
terminal-based solution in the GSM world. The Company's technology can be
accessed merely by installing the CellPoint System server in a cellular
operator's network and registering the new users. By comparison, a network-based
solution requires new hardware and software in the base stations, which takes
considerable time and results in a significant cost to the network operator.

                                      -13-
<PAGE>

         The main advantage of the network-based system is that once it is
installed, every phone can be positioned, while in the terminal-based system,
only the special terminals or the specific phones can be positioned. Only users
of the positioning services would then pay for the services. There are also
known privacy issues associated with network-based services.

         The main advantage of the terminal-based solution is that it works
today, while the network-based systems are only in the testing phase. The
CellPoint System can be implemented not only much faster than the network-based
systems but also at a fraction of the cost for the network operator. Cellular
operators have also identified the market for positioning services now and
likely may not want to wait until another system is available.

         Ericsson announced its network-based Mobile Positioning Center "MPC"
System for positioning GSM telephones in November 1998. The MPC system has
started testing in a small area in Sweden but Ericsson has indicated it would
not be ready to deliver commercial services until the year 2001. Key
differentiator of the MPC technology is that it works in Ericsson-only
networks whereas the CellPoint technology is independent of GSM
infrastructure supplier (it can work with Ericsson, Motorola, Nokia, Siemens,
Alcatel, etc.). It is also understood that the MPC system is significantly
more costly than the CellPoint System as it is an overlay system which means
the operator must install hardware on every cellular tower/base-station in the
network. This will take time and money. The CellPoint System requires no
modification to the GSM operator's network as it is a terminal-based system
rather than a network-based system. The user can also control privacy and
determine if they want to be positioned or not by selecting an option on
their telephone.

         Other companies using similar approach to Ericsson are True Position in
the USA and Cambridge Positioning Systems in the UK. They are also overlay
systems requiring special hardware add-ons in the GSM networks and it is
understood by management that they have no commercial installation base today.

         To the Company's knowledge, there is no other technology that is
commercially deployed, or at a commercially-ready stage, nor does the Company
know of any other terminal-based solutions, except for some planning by
companies such as Snaptrack and Sirf to build GPS into hand-held telephones.

         In the United States, the FCC has outlined guidelines for wireless
E911 waivers for terminal-based approaches for the second phase of the FCC's
E911 requirements. In the original ruling (Docket No. 94-102), a cellular
caller's location must be identified within 125 meters 67% of the time. All
existing and new cellular telephones would have to have the capability to be
positioned by location technology by October 1 of Year 2001. In the new FCC
rule waivers in September 1999, the FCC has stated that it will now also
allow terminal-based technologies due to possible advantages in cost and
accuracy for a cellular service provider. This new ruling has made the
Company's terminal-based technology a viable option to the network operators
in the United States.

                                      -14-
<PAGE>

         The path chosen by the major companies who are competitors or
potential competitors of the Company - Ericsson, Motorola, Nokia, Alcatel,
Sony, Panasonic and Siemens may factor significantly in market share
available to the Company. These companies are eager and have more substantial
resources than those of the Company. There are possibilities for the
CellPoint technology to co-exist with other network-based solutions. In this
example, a cellular operator could use the cost-effective CellPoint
technology in urban areas, where the cellular basestations are most dense,
and an Ericsson solution, for example, could be implemented for rural areas
where overall costs and service offerings for the cellular operator would be
optimized.

         Even if companies commercialize competing systems, the Company believes
it is positioned to achieve a significant market share. The Company is
benefitting from increased interest in its technology as more information about
the value and potential of positioning technology becomes public.

EMPLOYEES

         The Company and its subsidiaries have 43 full-time employees and
five part-time employees. The Company expects to expand its technical and
marketing resources by hiring additional full-time staff in the next six
months. None of the Company's employees is represented by a labor union. The
Company considers its relations with its employees to be very good.

TRADEMARKS AND PATENTS

         The Company applied for a trademark for The CellPoint System and
logo, and such applications are currently pending. The Company has applied
for two patents for the CellPoint System and is considering applying for
additional patents with respect to the CellPoint System.

         The Company believes that the complexity involved in developing this
technology offers considerable protection against similar developments. The
technology has been under development for five years and is continually being
refined and improved.


ITEM 2.  MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OR PLAN OF OPERATION.

GENERAL

         CellPoint, and its subsidiaries, are development stage companies. The
Company has limited operating history upon which an evaluation of the Company's
prospects can be made. The Company's prospects must be considered keeping in
mind the risks, expenses, and difficulties frequently encountered in the
establishment of a new business in an ever changing industry and the research,
development, manufacture, distribution, and commercialization of technology,
procedures, and products and related technologies. There can be no assurance
that unanticipated technical or other problems will not occur which would result
in material delays in product commercialization or that the efforts of the
Company will result in successful product



                                      -15-
<PAGE>

commercialization. There can be no assurance that the Company will be able to
achieve profitable operations.

         The report of the Company's independent accountants, BDO
International AB on the Company's financial statements for the fiscal years
ended June 30, 1998 and 1999, include a statement that the Company is a
development stage company, with no revenues, which has sustained losses
from operations since inception. The auditors have stated that there is
substantial doubt about the ability of the Company to continue as a going
concern. Investors in the Company's shares should review carefully the report
of BDO International AB. There can be no assurances that the Company will be
able to continue as a going concern.

         Except for historical information, the material contained in this
Management's Discussion and Analysis or Plan of Operation is forward-looking.
This discussion includes, in addition to historical information, forward-looking
statements, which involve risks and uncertainties. The Company's actual results
could differ materially from the results discussed in the forward-looking
statements. Factors that could cause or contribute to such differences are
discussed below and elsewhere in this Registration Statement on Form 10-SB.
These risks and uncertainties include the rate of market development and
acceptance of positioning technology, the unpredictability of the Company's
sales cycle, the limited revenues and significant operating losses generated to
date, and the possibility of significant ongoing capital requirements. For the
purposes of the safe harbor protection for forward-looking statements provided
by the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995, readers are urged to
review the list of certain important factors set forth in "Cautionary Statement
for Purposes of the "Safe Harbor" Provisions of the Private Securities
Litigation Reform Act of 1995".

         For purposes of the discussion contained herein, all information is
reported on a consolidated basis for CellPoint and its wholly owned
subsidiaries, CellPoint AB and CellPoint SA.

BUSINESS STRATEGY

         The Company is engaged in the business of promoting, developing,
marketing and supporting the CellPoint System and related applications. The
Company's technology is marketed primarily to carriers of cellular services.
Revenues will be achieved through the sale of a tiered license to use the
technology (based on number of customers and transaction rates) or through
participation in new revenue streams created as a result of the new services
that the network operator can offer. The technology supports GSM telephones
as well as purpose-designed terminals for in-vehicle use.

         The Company's first commercial agreement was signed in April 1999
with Tele2, a GSM network operator in Sweden for positioning services for GSM
telephones. Tele2 launched commercial services in Sweden for positioning of
mobile phones based on the CellPoint System in November 1999. Further
strategic alliances are in place to co-market new services internationally,
such as with Across Wireless (formerly AU-System) for location-based
information services for telephones and with Matrix Vehicle Tracking (Pty)
Ltd. for deploying vehicle tracking and fleet management services with
purpose-designed terminals. The Company also cooperates with numerous
cellular industry suppliers including cellular phone and SIM card
manufacturers.

                                      -16-
<PAGE>

Additional strategic alliances being sought include distribution and
marketing channels to sell the positioning and telematics services for GSM
cellular phones and proprietary hardware terminals to end-users. End-users
can include companies wishing to track and protect their vehicle fleets for
purposes of scheduling, dispatch, security and theft recovery. End-user
individuals could be the owner of a car for purposes of location in the event
of theft, for emergency SOS/E-911 services or location-based information
services.

         In addition to location services, the technology also supports
telematics applications. A standard telematics application is to remotely blink
the vehicle's rear lights when law enforcement personnel close-in on the stolen
vehicle. A control center, equipped with the necessary CellPoint client software
and mapping application, can track a stolen vehicle and report on the vehicle's
whereabouts. Law enforcement personnel can verify that they have located the
exact vehicle in question when executing the remote control operation to blink
the vehicle's rear lights.

FISCAL YEAR ENDED JUNE 30, 1999

         For fiscal 1999, the Company had no revenues from commercial
operations. The Company funded its operations out of proceeds from equity
offerings. For fiscal 1999, the Company incurred a net loss of $2,969,751.

         The remaining $120,000 stock subscription outstanding at June 30,
1998 was paid in November 1998 and in March 1999.

         The average cash outflow per month between July 1998 and June 1999
was approximately $154,000, consisting of salaries and personnel costs
(approximately $78,000), rent and other facilities (approximately $5,000),
marketing and selling expenses (approximately $19,500), professional services
(approximately $39,000), insurance $2,500, computers and equipment $10,000.

FISCAL YEAR ENDED JUNE 30, 1998

         The Company commenced operations in February 1997. The Company has had
only nominal commercial revenues to date and has relied solely upon proceeds
from the sale of its securities to fund its operations.

         In March 1997, Technor sold 500,000 shares of its Common Stock at
US$0.20 per share pursuant to Rule 504 of Regulation D under the Securities Act
of 1933, as amended (the "Securities Act"). The Company received gross proceeds
of $100,000 from such offering. During the period from the commencement of
operations until June 1997, the end of the Company's first fiscal year, the
Company spent approximately $40,100. This amount was spent for general and
administrative purposes, including the costs of setting up offices.

         For the Company's fiscal year ended June 30, 1998, the Company did not
have any revenues from commercial operations. In February 1998, the Company sold
715,000 shares of its Common Stock at US$1.25 per share, pursuant to Rule 504 of
Regulation D under the Securities Act. The Company received gross proceeds of
$893,750 from such offering. In June 1998, the Company sold 775,000 shares of
its Common Stock at US $4.00 per share, pursuant to Regulation S under the
Securities Act. All such shares were sold to "non-U.S. Persons" as defined in
Regulation S. The Company received gross proceeds of $3,100,000 from such
offering.

         The Company incurred a loss of $812,571 for its 1998 fiscal year. For
that period, selling, general and administrative expenses were $513,652,
professional fees were $315,431, and depreciation expense was $6,725. The
Company also realized a net gain of $23,237 for financial items, consisting
mainly of exchange rate differences during the financing together with interest
on capital. Labor costs for fiscal 1998 were $196,300 as the Company grew from
two to seven employees. The Company purchased computer equipment for $110,000
and technology inventory for $80,000.

                                      -17-
<PAGE>

         In fiscal 1998, the Company issued 1,950,000 shares of its Common Stock
to Wasp and its stockholders and paid the Wasp shareholders $500,000 cash. This
transaction has since been replaced by the Amended and Restated Option
Agreement.

LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES

         The Company required additional capital at the end of calendar 1999
to implement its business strategies, including cash for (i) payment of
increased operating expenses such as salaries for additional employees; and
(ii) further implementation of those business strategies. Such additional
capital may be raised through additional public or private financing, as well
as borrowings and other resources. To the extent that additional capital is
raised through the sale of equity or equity-related securities, the issuance
of such securities could result in dilution to the Company's stockholders. No
assurance can be given, however, that the Company will have access to the
capital markets in the future, or that financing will be available on
acceptable terms to satisfy the cash requirements of the Company to implement
its business strategies. The inability of the Company to access the capital
markets or obtain acceptable financing could have a material adverse effect
on the results of operations and financial conditions of the Company. The
Company may be required to raise substantial funds. If adequate funds are not
available, the Company may be required to curtail operations significantly or
to obtain funds through entering into arrangements with collaborative
partners or others that may require the Company to relinquish rights to
certain of its technologies or product candidates that the Company would not
otherwise relinquish. Management is expecting revenues from the Swedish
operations to commence during fiscal 2000, but there can be no assurance as
to when such operations will provide adequate cash to sustain the Company's
operations. If the Company decides to expand its business faster, or to
geographic areas outside of Europe during fiscal 2000, the Company may need
to raise further capital.

                                      -18-
<PAGE>

         The Company, through CellPoint AB, entered into an agreement in
April 1999 to provide its technology and related services to a GSM operator
in Sweden, Tele2. Tele2 launched commercial services in Sweden for
positioning of mobile phones based on the CellPoint System in November 1999.
CellPoint will receive a percentage of the revenue stream created through the
new service being offered by Tele2. Those revenue streams are a percentage of
fees that Tele2 will collect and include a monthly minimum payment
requirement.

         In July 1999, the Company entered into an agreement with France
Telecom Mobiles to provide it's technology and related services in France.
Revenues commenced during this evaluation project and significant revenue is
expected by management upon completion of the evaluation project.

         The Company has additional commercial business pending at the time
of writing. Significant revenue may be realized from the closing of these
business situations. The immediate revenue does not accommodate the Company's
current growth and expense projections, but the current cash reserves are
currently believed to be sufficient to cover the Company's current operating
costs into the second calendar quarter of 2001.

FISCAL YEAR ENDED JUNE 30, 1999

         At June 30, 1999, the end of the fiscal year of 1999, the Company
had $236,193 in current assets. Cash and cash equivalents amounted of
$180,073. The decrease in cash and cash equivalents from June 30, 1998 is
attributable to ongoing operations of the company.

         During fiscal 1998/99, current assets decreased by $7,036,544 mostly
as a result of the restated agreements during the period. This includes
$5,400,000 relative to the exercise of the option to purchase CellPoint
Systems S.A. (Pty) Ltd. Current liabilities decreased from $919,495 at
June 30, to $595,643 at June 30, 1999.

         The Company's stockholders' equity was $11,160,899 at June 30, 1999,
including an accumulated deficit of $3,806,343.

FISCAL YEAR ENDED JUNE 30, 1998

         At June 30, 1998, the Company had $7,272,737 in current assets. Cash
and cash equivalents amounted to $764,603. The Company also had $2,346,667 in
subscription receivable from its Regulation S offering, which subscriptions of
$2,226,667 were subsequently paid during the first fiscal quarter of 1999. The
Company also had indebtedness to an employee of $151,554, and owed $250,000 to
the shareholders of Wasp in connection with the acquisition of the license from
Wasp.

         The Company's stockholders' equity was $10,713,334 at the end of fiscal
1998, including an accumulated deficit of $836,592.

RECENT EVENTS

         TECHNOLOGY ACQUISITION. Effective February 28, 1999, CellPoint
amended and restated the previous agreements with the shareholders of Wasp
International and completed a new agreement for the acquisition of the GSM
positioning technology from Novel Electronic Systems & Technologies
("Novel"). This transaction resulted in acquisition of the intellectual
property rights to the technology from Novel. Further, there was a merger of
the operations of subsidiary CellPoint AB and Wasp International. The
Company's new subsidiary, CellPoint SA in South Africa, consists of a
technical development team and tools, greatly enhancing the Company's ability
to quickly deploy and enable the technology and applications worldwide.

         COMMERCIAL AGREEMENTS. On April 23, 1999, Technor International Inc.
signed an agreement with Tele2 in Sweden for implementation of services built
on the Company's CellPoint GSM positioning technology. Tele2 launched
commercial services in Sweden for positioning of mobile phones based on the
CellPoint System in November 1999.

         On July 28, 1999, the Company signed an agreement with France
Telecom Mobiles for the purchase of a system for an evaluation project of the
Company's CellPoint GSM positioning technology. The CellPoint System has been
installed and undergoing technical testing since march 1999. A commercial
testing phase will commence in September 1999.

         ADDITIONAL FINANCING. On July 27, 1999, the Company signed two
letters of intent with Madison Securities, Inc. of Chicago Illinois for the
raising of additional capital through a bridge financing of $2,000,000 and a
private placement of up to $8,000,000 of equity. On August 31, 1999, the
bridge financing of $2,000,000 of 12% promissory notes was completed. In
connection with such bridge financing, the Company issued an aggregate of
180,000 common stock purchase warrants; 100,000 of which have an exercise
price of $7.49 per share and 80,000 of which have an exercise price of $8.04
per share. On October 29, 1999, the Company completed the first tranche of
its private placement financing, in which it sold an aggregate of 393,750
shares of Common Stock for gross proceeds of $3,500,000. In such offering,
$1,200,000 of bridge notes were exchanged for shares of Common Stock, and
$841,557 of the gross proceeds were used to repay in full the balance of the
bridge notes plus interest accrued on all of the bridge notes. After paying
underwriting commissions, the Company received $1,108,443 in proceeds from
the first tranche of the offering. On November 12, 1999, the Company
completed the second and final tranche of the private placement, in which it
sold an aggregate of 731,250 shares of Common Stock for gross proceeds of
$6,500,000. After paying underwriting commissions, the Company received
$5,850,000 in net proceeds for the second tranche. The Company believes these
additional funds will enable it to grow rapidly and expand its staff and
reserves.

         CORPORATE NAME CHANGE. On October 4, 1999, the Company amended its
Articles of Incorporation to change its corporate name to "CellPoint Inc.".
The Company changed its name in order to have the Company directly associated
with its core business, the CellPoint System, and to generate wider name
recognition in the business and financial communities. The Company has also
changed its trading symbol to "CLPT" in substitution for "TNOR".

                                      -19-
<PAGE>

YEAR 2000 ISSUES

         The services of the CellPoint technology are based primarily on a
technology platform developed by the South African company Wasp
International. Wasp International, the original developers of the technology
platform, issued a Year 2000 compliance statement to the Company wherein it
confirmed that all software and hardware is millennium compliant. To date,
the Company has not experienced any material Year 2000 problems, although
there can be no assurances that such problems will not arise as the Company
and its vendors and suppliers operate their respective businesses in the
early part of 2000. The Company will continue to monitor its systems and
those of its vendors and suppliers.

         The CellPoint services to be offered to Swedish customers initially
will be contingent upon the supply of communications services and basestation
data from the Swedish telecommunications operator Tele2. Tele2 has
issued a Year 2000 compliance statement to the Company wherein it is confirmed
that most of Tele2's systems are currently millennium compliant.



                                      -20-
<PAGE>

         Any new supplier of vital goods and services to the Company and
subsidiaries will be requested to submit a millennium compliance statement
before the Company accepts the supplier as a supplier of goods and services to
the Company.

         During recent years, there has been significant global awareness
raised regarding the potential disruption to business operations worldwide
resulting from the inability of current technology to process properly the
change from the year 1999 to 2000. The Company is aware of the potential Year
2000 problem, and undertook a Year 2000 project to address the Company's
readiness and exposure to Year 2000 issues. The Year 2000 project addresses
the Company's products; internally used operating systems, software, and
other technology; and third party vendors and suppliers. Each of these areas
is discussed below.

         The Company believes that it has substantially identified and resolved
all potential Year 2000 problems with any of the products that it develops and
markets. In order to confirm its belief, the Company has implemented an ongoing
program to test its products for Year 2000 issues. The Company believes that if
any Year 2000 issues are identified, the Company will be able to correct the
problem with a minimal cost or time investment. However, management also
believes that it is not possible to determine with complete certainty that all
Year 2000 problems affecting the Company's products have been identified or
corrected due to the fact that these products interact with other third party
vendor systems not under the Company's control (see below). In addition, the
Company's evaluation is based on a limited number of actual customer
installations.

         The Company has conducted a process to identify all internally used
operating systems, software, and other technology that may be impacted by the
Year 2000 problem. This process is now substantially complete. For the
internally used operating systems, software, and technology the Company has
identified as material, the Company is assessing the Year 2000 exposure through
testing and vendor inquiry. Material operating systems, software, and other
technology deemed to be adversely affected by the Year 2000 problem will be
upgraded or replaced. The Company currently estimates the range of costs to
upgrade or replace systems it believes may be impacted by Y2K issues to be from
$50,000 to $150,000. In addition to operating systems, software, and other
technology, the operation of office and facilities equipment, such as fax
machines, photocopiers, telephone systems, security systems, elevators, and
other common devices may be affected by the Year 2000 problem.

         The Company has identified major suppliers and other third party
vendors integral to the operations of the Company's business. The Company will
initiate communications with those suppliers and third party vendors to assess
their readiness to deal with Year 2000 problems. As part of the Year 2000
project, the Company will identify alternative providers of products and
services deemed material to the Company's operations. However, the Company has
no control over and cannot predict the corrective actions of these third party
vendors and suppliers. The Company intends to arrange, to the extent available,
alternate supplier arrangements in the event a



                                      -21-
<PAGE>

third party vender is materially impacted by Y2K issues. While the Company
expects that it will be able to resolve any significant Year 2000 problems
related to third party products and services, there can be no assurance that it
will be successful in resolving any such problems. Any failure of these third
party vendors and suppliers to resolve Year 2000 problems with their systems in
a timely manner could have a material adverse effect on the Company's business,
financial condition, and results of operations.

         The discussions of the Company's efforts relating to Year 2000
compliance are forward-looking statements. The Company's ability to achieve Year
2000 compliance and the associated level of incremental costs could be adversely
impacted by, among other things, the availability and cost of programming and
testing resources, vendors' ability to modify proprietary software, and other
unanticipated problems. The failure to correct a material Year 2000 problem
could result in an interruption of certain normal business activities or
operations. Such failures could materially affect the Company's results of
operations, liquidity and financial condition. Due to the general uncertainty
inherent in the Year 2000 problem, the Company is unable at this time to
determine those consequences. The Company believes that, with the completion of
the Year 2000 project as scheduled, the possibility of significant interruptions
of normal operations should be reduced or eliminated.


ITEM 3.  DESCRIPTION OF PROPERTY.

         The Company occupies completely furnished facilities consisting of
3675 square feet of leased office space located at Sofielundsvagen 4, S-191
47 Sollentuna, Sweden. The Company occupies those facilities on a lease basis
and pays the equivalent of $3,900 per month rent for those facilities. The
facilities are leased until April 30, 2000. The leased property is covered by
a comprehensive insurance policy covering property, fire, theft, business
interruption, liability, legal and litigation. Management believes that the
premises will be adequate through the first quarter of calendar year 2000, at
which time the Company will need to acquire additional office space for its
operations in Sweden. The Company also occupies completely furnished
facilities consisting of 350 square feet of leased office space located at
Satraangsvagen 88, S-18237 Danderyd, Sweden. CellPoint occupies those
facilities on a month-to-month basis and pays the equivalent of $350 per
month rent for those facilities.

         The Company's South African subsidiary in Johannesburg occupies 4500
square feet of leased office space located at Ibhubezi House, Howick Close,
Waterfall Park, Midrand, South Africa. The Company occupies those on a rent
basis and pays the equivalent of $3,150 per month rent for those facilities. The
lease held by Wasp SA expires in May of 2002. The leased property is covered by
a comprehensive insurance policy covering fire, theft, business interruption,
public liability, electronic equipment, office contents, and accident insurance
for staff. Management believes the staff could increase by 100% before needing
to move into larger premises.


                                      -22-
<PAGE>

ITEM 4.  SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT.

         The Company's capital structure consists of 22,000,000 authorized
shares of Common Stock, of which 9,390,000 shares were issued and outstanding
as of January 3, 2000 and 3,000,000 shares of Preferred Stock, none of which
is outstanding. The Company believes there are approximately 1,000 beneficial
owners of its Common Stock. Each share of Common Stock is entitled to one
vote per share.

         The following table sets forth certain information regarding the
beneficial ownership of the Company's Common Stock as of January 3, 2000,
by (i) each person who is known by the Company to own beneficially more than
5% of the Company's outstanding Common Stock; (ii) each of the Company's
officers and directors; and (iii) all officers and directors as a group.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

          Name and Address of
         Beneficial Owners and                  Shares of Common Stock                 Percent of Common Stock
        Directors and Officers                    Beneficially Owned                      Beneficially Owned
        ----------------------                    ------------------                      ------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                <C>                                              <C>
5% BENEFICIAL OWNERS
- --------------------
Novel Electronic Systems &                              2,525,000                                   26.9%
Technologies
5 Duke of Edinburgh Ave
Port Louis, Mauritius

DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS
- --------------------------------

Lynn Duplessis                                         2,000,000(a)                                 21.3%
Saatrangsvagen 88
S-182 37
Danderyd, Sweden
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Peter Henricsson                                       2,000,000(b)                                 21.3%
Saatrangsvagen 88
S-182 37
Danderyd, Sweden
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                      -23-
<PAGE>
<CAPTION>

<S>                                                <C>                                              <C>
Mats Jonnerhag                                        25,390(c)                                      *
Borsinsikt AB
Box 6044
S-192 06 Sollentuna
Sweden

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Bengt Nordstrom                                       35,000(d)                                      *
Northstream AB
Sjoangsvagen 7
S-19172 Sollentuna
Sweden
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Albert van Urk                                        75,000(e)                                      *
20 Van Rooy Street
Potchefstroom
South Africa
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Kjell Wallman                                         25,000(f)                                      *
Brahegatan 39
S-114 37 Stockholm
Sweden
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Hadar Cars                                                 0(g)                                      0
Vitsippsvagen 3
122 36 Saltsjobaden
Sweden
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Officers and Directors as a Group                  2,160,390                                      22.7%
 ( 7 persons)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

*         Less than 1%.

                                      -24-
<PAGE>

(a)      Includes: 1,500,000 shares owned by Peter Henricsson, Ms. Duplessis'
         husband. Excludes (1) options to acquire 75,000 shares, and (2)
         options to acquire 75,000 shares issued to Mr. Henricsson, with
         respect to which Mr. Henricsson and Ms. Duplessis have agreed not to
         exercise such options prior to October 2000.

(b)      Includes: 500,000 shares owned by Lynn Duplessis, Mr. Henricsson's
         wife. Excludes (1) options to acquire 75,000 shares, and (2) options
         to acquire 75,000 shares issued to Ms. Duplessis, with respect to which
         Mr. Henricsson and Ms. Duplessis have agreed not to exercise such
         options prior to October 2000.

(c)      Includes (1)16,500 shares held by Borsinsikt AB, of which
         Mr. Jonnerhag is a 66% stockholder (owning 10,890 shares), and
         (2) options to acquire 25,000 shares of which 8,500 are currently
         exercisable.

(d)      Mr. Nordstrom has options to acquire 50,000 shares, of which 35,000
         are currently exercisable.

(e)      Mr. van Urk has options to acquire 75,000 shares, all of which are
         currently exercisable.

(f)      Mr. Wallman has options to acquire 25,000 shares, all of which are
         currently exercisable.

(g)      Includes options to acquire 100,000 shares, none of which is currently
         exercisable.



STOCK INCENTIVE PLAN

         The Board of Directors of the Company has adopted a stock incentive
plan (the "Plan"). Pursuant to the provisions of the Plan, 1,500,000 shares of
the Company's Common Stock are reserved for issuance upon exercise of options.
The Plan is designed to retain qualified and competent officers, employees, and
directors of the Company.

         The Company's Board of Directors, or a committee thereof, shall
administer the Plan and is authorized, in its sole and absolute discretion,
to grant options thereunder to all eligible employees of the Company,
including officers and directors (whether or not employees) of the Company.
Options will be granted pursuant to the provisions of the Plan on such terms
and at such prices as determined by the Company's Board of Directors. The
exercise price will not be lower than the closing price on the date the
options are issued, or if such prices are not available, at the fair market
value as determined by the Board of Directors. Options granted under the Plan
will be exercisable after the period specified in the option agreement.
Options granted under the Plan will not be exercisable after the expiration
of ten years from the date of grant. The Plan will also authorize the Company
to make loans to optionees to enable them to exercise their options. At
present, 1,200,000 options have been granted, though none has been
exercised.

                                      -25-
<PAGE>

                                         OPTION/SAR GRANTS IN LAST FISCAL YEAR
                                                   Individual Grants
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
          Name             Number of Securities            Percent of Total           Exercise or      Expiration Date
                                Underlying             Options/SARs Granted to         Base Price
                               Options/SARs            Employees in Fiscal Year          ($/Sh)
                                (1) Granted
                                    (#)
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                    <C>                             <C>                             <C>        <C>
Peter Henricsson,                 0/0(2)                         0%                         --
President and Chief
Executive Officer

- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

(1)      To date, the Company has issued no SARs.

(2)      No options were granted to Mr. Henricsson in fiscal 1999; 75,000
         options, with an exercise price of $2.75 per share, were granted to
         Mr. Henricsson in fiscal 1998. Mr. Henricsson has agreed not to
         exercise such options prior to January 2001.

ITEM 5.  DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS, PROMOTERS AND CONTROL PERSONS.

                  HADAR CARS, 35, joined the Company in June 1999 as Managing
Director of CellPoint AB. He has 10 years experience in international
telecommunications marketing, sales and general management within the
Ericsson Group. He has conducted business globally (in Europe, Asia and Latin
America) mainly in the cellular systems business area, and also headed up the
fixed network department of Ericsson in Japan. His latest assignment at
Ericsson was to establish the department for UMTS (third generation wireless
system --successor of GSM) marketing and sales towards new "Greenfield"
operators. His knowledge of the industry combined with his business
experience, sales skills and drive have translated in to major new business
for Ericsson. He is a strong team-leader with the ability to inspire people
from different cultural and ethnic backgrounds to work together to achieve
common goals.

                  Mr. Cars also has experience as an investment analyst with
a private equity house in Stockholm. He holds a Master of Science in
Mechanical Engineering from the Royal Institute of Technology in Sweden and a
Master of Business Administration from INSEAD in France.

                  LYNN DUPLESSIS, 39, has been Corporate Vice President and
Secretary, Treasurer and director of the Company since its formation in 1997.
She has 18 years of experience in the information technology field. Ms.
Duplessis has been employed by Minerva Technology Inc, Vancouver, British
Columbia, (1996), director of industry solutions with The Capstan Group,
Vancouver, British Columbia, (1992-1993), and was employed in marketing,
management and systems engineering by IBM Canada Ltd., Vancouver, British
Columbia and Toronto, Ontario, Canada (1981-1992). She is also a director of
CellPoint SA and a director of CellPoint AB. Ms. Duplessis is married to
Peter Henricsson, a director and the President of the Company.

                  PETER HENRICSSON, 47, has been President, Chief Executive
Officer, and director of the Company since its formation in 1997. He has over
20 years of experience in executive management,

                                      -26-
<PAGE>

international marketing, venture capital, consulting and financing, with both
multinational corporations and emerging companies. Mr. Henricsson has been
President of Iform Sverige AB of Sweden, (1996-1997), owner of HIM Inc.
(Henricsson International Marketing), Vancouver, British Columbia,
(1991-1996), senior vice president with Allied Environmental, Vancouver,
British Columbia, (1986-1991), and manager at Atlas Copco MCT AB, Stockholm,
Sweden, Hong Kong and Indonesia (1980-1986). He is also a director of
CellPoint SA and Chairman of the Board and a director of CellPoint AB.
Mr. Henricsson is married to Lynn Duplessis, a director and Secretary and
Treasurer of the Company.

                  MATS JONNERHAG, 45, has been a director of the Company
since December 1998. Mr. Jonnerhag is the founder and majority owner of
BorsInsikt AB. He founded BorsInsikt in 1982 and has more than 20 years of
experience with the Swedish stock market. BorsInsikt publishes a weekly stock
market newsletter. Subsidiary operations include BorsInsikt Broker, which is
a brokerage company, and BorsInsikt BorsData AB, which markets analysis
software developed in-house and other research products.

                  BENGT NORDSTROM, 42, has been a director of the Company
since September 1998. He was the Chief Technology Officer and Executive
Director of SmarTone Telecommunications Ltd., a cellular network operator in
Hong Kong, until January 1999. He is now the President and Senior Partner of
Northstream AB of Sweden, a GSM consulting company specializing in data over
GSM. Mr. Nordstrom is a member of the Executive Committee of the GSM
Association which represents the interests of 369 GSM and satellite network
operators around the world. He was with SmarTone from 1993 to 1998, and was
previously with Comviq GSM AB from 1989 - 1993 and with Ericsson Telecom AB
from 1983 - 1989.

                  ALBERT VAN URK, 32, is co-founder of Wasp International of
South Africa and has been a director of the Company since January 1999. He is
also a director and Vice President of Technology for CellPoint AB and a
director of CellPoint SA. He had been the Director of Research and
Development of Wasp International from 1993 to 1999. Mr. van Urk is a
director of Wasp SA. He led the development of the CellPoint GSM positioning
technology platform and continues research and development activities for the
CellPoint System.

                                      -27-

<PAGE>

                  KJELL WALLMAN, 66, has been a director of the Company since
January 1999. He had been a partner with Mannheimer Swartling Advokatbyra
(law firm) since 1990 and retired in January 1999. He continues to consult to
Mannheimer on corporate law matters. He was also a partner with Carl
Swartling Advokatbyra from 1974-1990, and a partner with Weltter & Swartling
Advokatbyra from 1968-1974. He is also a member of the Board in a number of
other Swedish companies.

ITEM 6.  EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION.

                  The following table shows compensation for services
rendered to the Company during the fiscal years ended June 30, 1999, 1998 and
1997, respectively, by the Chief Executive Officer. Each executive officer
serves under the authority of the Board of Directors. No other executive
officer of the Company received cash compensation that exceeded $100,000
during the fiscal years ended June 30, 1999, 1998 and 1997. Therefore,
pursuant to Item 402 of Regulation S-B, only compensation for the Chief
Executive Officer is included in the table. Directors who are also employees
of the Company receive no extra compensation for their service on the Board
of Directors of the Company.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                  SUMMARY COMPENSATION TABLE
                                            Annual Compensation         Long-Term Compensation
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                 Awards                Payouts
                                                                        ---------------------------------------
    Name and       Fiscal     Salary ($)    Bonus ($)       Other       Restricted     Securities       LTIP       All Other
    Principal       Year                                    Annual        Stock        Underlying      Payouts      Compen-
    Position                                               Compen-       Award(s)       Options/         ($)        sation
                                                            sation         ($)            SARs                        ($)
                                                              ($)                         (#)

<S>            <C>        <C>                  <C>          <C>          <C>           <C>             <C>           <C>
Peter             1999       $71,000             -0-          -0-          -0-            -0-           -0-           -0-
Henricsson,       1998       $35,500             -0-          -0-          -0-       75,000/0           -0-           -0-
President and
CEO               1997       -0-                 -0-          -0-          -0-            -0-           -0-           -0-
- ----------------- ---------  ------------  ------------  ------------ -------------- --------------  ----------- -------------
</TABLE>

    The Company has no set bonus policy. Bonuses may be awarded by the
independent directors of the Board. There is no bonus plan currently under
discussion or in place with the Company. The Board has established a
Compensation Committee consisting of two independent directors and the
Chairman of the Board. The Compensation

                                      -28-
<PAGE>

Committee will review salaries for all senior staff. The directors of the
Company do not receive salaries for being directors but do have stock options
in the Company.

ITEM 7.  CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS.

                  Since the formation of the Company, Peter Henricsson and
Lynn Duplessis, directors and executive officers of the Company, have made
interest-free loans to the Company to fund its cash needs. During the fiscal
year ended June 30, 1997, Mr. Henricsson and Ms. Duplessis paid all of the
Company's operating expenses in the amount of $40,100. During the Company's
fiscal year ended June 30, 1998, they continued to finance Company
operations, by extending loans which ranged from a low of $40,000 to a
maximum of $180,000 outstanding at any one time. A portion of these loans was
also used to fund the initial payment made to Wasp International in
connection with the License Agreement. At June 30, 1998, the outstanding
amount of the indebtedness of the Company to Mr. Henricsson and Ms. Duplessis
was $150,000. The Company repays portions of these loans as and when it has
sufficient excess cash to do so. At no time, has interest been charged on the
outstanding loans. The above loans were repaid in full in November 1998.

                  In addition, Mr. Henricsson and Ms. Duplessis have loaned
the Company an aggregate of $300,000 in June and July 1999. Interest of 5%
was charged on the outstanding balance of this loan, which was repaid in
December 1999.

                  Upon the organization of the Company in 1997, Mr. Henricsson
and Ms. Duplessis invested $1,500 and $500, respectively, in consideration of
which, the Company issued to them 1,500,000 shares and 500,000 shares of Common
Stock, respectively. These investments were made when the Company had no assets
and no operations.

                  In connection with the Company's offering of Common Stock at
US $4.00 per share pursuant to Regulation S under the Securities Act, the
Company paid a commission of 5% of the purchase price per share to Mats
Jonnerhag, a director of the Company, and Borsinsikt A.B., a company in which
Jonnerhag is a 66% stockholder. Mr. Jonnerhag and Borsinsikt placed a total of
260,000 shares, and together they received a total commission of US$52,000.

                  Effective February 1999, the Company amended and restated
its agreements with Wasp International and Novel in connection with the
Company's acquisition of the technology platform supporting the CellPoint
System. The Company issued, in May 1998, 1,950,000 shares of the Company's
Common Stock as part of the consideration for the license for the technology,
and the option to acquire the technology, originally granted to the Company
in May 1998. Such shares were applied to the consideration payable to Novel
for the acquisition of the technology by the Company when such agreements
were amended and restated effective as of February 1999. In addition, as part
of the February 1999 agreements, in October 1999, the Company issued to Novel
an additional 75,000 shares of Common Stock since, for the twenty trading
days immediately prior to September 30, 1999, the average trading price of
the Company's Common Stock was less than $16.00 per share. See "Description
of Business".

                  As part of the February 1999 transaction the Company
acquired 10% of the outstanding equity of Wasp SA. One of the directors of
the Company, Mr. van Urk, is also a director and shareholder of Wasp SA.
From time to time, the Company may purchase from Wasp SA certain hardware for
the implementation of the CellPoint System. To date, the amounts paid to Wasp
SA for such hardware have not been material. The Company believes that its
equipment purchases from Wasp SA have been and will continue to be on terms
comparable to those available to unaffiliated third parties.

ITEM 8.  DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES.

                  The Company is authorized to issue 22,000,000 shares of
Common Stock, $.001 par value per share and 3,000,000 shares of preferred
stock, $.001 par value per share. As of January 3, 2000, 9,390,000 shares of
the Company's Common Stock are issued and outstanding and no shares of the
Company's preferred stock are outstanding.

                  COMMON STOCK. The holders of the Company's Common Stock are
entitled to one vote for each share held of record on all matters to be voted on
by those stockholders. There is no cumulative voting with respect to the
election of directors of the Company, with the result that the holders of more
than 50% of the Company's Common Stock voted for the election of directors can
elect all of those directors. The holders of the Company's Common Stock are
entitled to receive dividends when, as, and if declared by the Company's Board
of Directors from funds legally available therefor. In the event of liquidation,
dissolution, or winding up of the Company, the holders of the Company's Common
Stock are entitled to share ratably in all assets remaining available for
distribution to them after payment of the Company's liabilities and after
provision has been made for each class of stock, if any, having preference over
the Company's Common Stock. Holders of shares of the Company's Common Stock, as
such, have no conversion, preemptive or other subscription rights, and there are
no redemption provisions applicable to the Company's common stock. All of the
outstanding shares of the Company's Common Stock are fully paid and
non-assessable.

                  NON-CUMULATIVE VOTING. The holders of shares of Common Stock
of the Company will not have cumulative voting rights, which means that the
holders of more than 50% of the outstanding Common Stock of the Company, voting
for the election of directors of the Company, may elect all of the directors of
the Company to be elected, if they so desire, and, in such event, the holders of
the remaining Common Stock of the Company may not be able to elect any of the
Company's directors.

                  REGISTRATION RIGHTS. Holders of shares of the Company's Common
Stock are not entitled to rights with respect to the registration of such shares
under the Securities Act. However, in connection with the Company's private
placement of 1,125,000 shares of its Common Stock in October and November
1999, the Company agreed to file a registration statement with respect to
those shares by March 2000.

                  PREFERRED STOCK. The Company is authorized to issue preferred
stock with such designations, rights and preferences as may be determined from
time to time by the Company's Board of Directors. Accordingly, the Company's
Board of Directors is empowered, without stockholder approval, to issue
preferred stock with liquidation privileges, dividend, conversion, voting, or
other rights that could adversely affect the voting power or other rights of the
holders of the Company's Common Stock. In the event of issuance, the Company's
preferred stock could be utilized, under certain circumstances, as a method of
discouraging, delaying or preventing a change in control of the Company.

                  DIVIDENDS. The payment by the Company of dividends, if any, in
the future, shall be determined by the Company's Board of Directors, in its
discretion, and will depend among other things, upon the Company's earnings, the
Company's capital requirements, and the Company's financial condition, as well
as other relevant factors. The Company has not paid or declared any dividends to
date. Holders of Common Stock are entitled to receive dividends as declared and
paid from time to time by the Company's Board of Directors from funds legally
available therefor. Management of the Company intends to retain any earnings for
the operation and expansion of its business and does not anticipate paying cash
dividends in the foreseeable future.

                  STOCK INCENTIVE PLAN. In February 1998, the Board of
Directors of the Company adopted a stock incentive plan (the "Plan").
Pursuant to the provisions of the Plan and a subsequent amendment to the
Plan, 1,500,000 shares of the Company's Common Stock have been reserved for
issuance upon exercise of options. The Plan is designed to retain qualified
and competent officers, employees, and directors of the Company. The
Company's Board of Directors, or a committee thereof, administers the Plan
and will be authorized, in its sole and absolute discretion, to grant options
thereunder to all eligible employees of the Company, including officers and
directors (whether or not employees) of the Company. Options will be granted
pursuant to the provisions of the Plan on such terms and at such prices as
determined by the Company's Board of Directors. Options granted under the
Plan will be exercisable after the period specified in the option agreement.
Options granted under the Plan will not be exercisable after the expiration
of ten years from the date of grant. As of the date hereof, 1,200,000
options have been granted, and no options have been exercised.

                  TRANSFER AGENT. The Company's Transfer Agent is U.S. Stock
Transfer Corporation, 1745 Gardena Avenue, Suite 200, Glendale, California
91204, telephone 818-502-1404.

                                      -29-
<PAGE>

                                    PART II

ITEM 1.  MARKET PRICE OF AND DIVIDENDS ON THE REGISTRANTS COMMON EQUITY AND
         OTHER SHAREHOLDER MATTERS.

                  The Company's Common Stock commenced trading on the NASDAQ
Electronic Bulletin Board on January 7, 1998. The Company's fiscal year ends on
June 30 of each year. Set forth below are the high and low closing prices for
the Company's Common Stock for each fiscal quarter since January 7, 1998:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                            COMMON STOCK PRICES
                            -------------------

       FISCAL QUARTER                        HIGH                LOW
<S>                                          <C>                 <C>
3rd Qtr 98                                    3.625              1.25
4th Qtr 98                                    5.437              4.00
1st Qtr 99                                    4.80               2.50
2nd Qtr 99                                    6.375              2.75
3rd Qtr 99                                    5.375              2.94
4th Qtr 99                                    5.00               3.125
1st Qtr 00                                   15.875              4.75
2nd Qtr 00                                   49.75              13.75
</TABLE>



ITEM 2.  LEGAL PROCEEDINGS.

                  There are no legal actions pending against the Company or
either of its subsidiaries, nor are any such legal actions contemplated.

ITEM 3.  CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS.

                  From the Company's inception through the fall of 1997, the
Company's auditors were Kelly & Company, of Newport Beach, California. By mutual
agreement, the Company and Kelly & Company terminated their professional
relationship in fall of 1997. The report of Kelly & Company on the Company's
financial statements from inception (February 1997) through June 30, 1997 did
not contain an adverse opinion or disclaimer of opinion nor was it modified
as to uncertainty, audit scope or accounting principles. Such report, however,
included a statement that the Company was a development stage Company, with no
revenues, which has sustained losses from operations since inception. Kelly &
Company stated that there was substantial doubt about the Company's ability to
continue as a going concern. The Company did not disagree with such statements
at that time. The decision to terminate the Company's professional relationship
with Kelly & Co. was approved by the Board of Directors of the Company.

                  The Company's auditors from the fall of 1997 through
January 27, 1999 were Ohrlings Coopers & Lybrand of Sweden. By mutual
agreement, the Company and Ohrlings Coopers & Lybrand terminated their
professional relationship in January 1999. Such decision was approved by the
Board of Directors of the Company. The report of Ohrlings Coopers & Lybrand did
not contain an adverse opinion or disclaimer of opinion nor was it modified
as to uncertainty, audit scope or accounting principles. Such report, however,
on the Company's financial statements for the fiscal year ended June 30, 1998
included a statement that the Company was a development stage company, with
no revenues, which has sustained losses from operations since inception.
Ohrlings Coopers & Lybrand stated that there was substantial doubt about the
ability of the Company to continue as a going concern. See "Description of
Business -- Risk Factors." The Company did not disagree with such statements
at that time.

                  Since January 1999, the Company's auditors have been BDO
International AB of Sollentuna, Sweden. BDO International AB has
audited the Company's financial statements for the fiscal years ended June
30, 1999 and June 30, 1998. The report of BDO International AB includes
a statement that there is substantial doubt about the ability of the Company
to continue as a going concern. The Company does not disagree with such
statement.

ITEM 4.  RECENT SALES OF UNREGISTERED SECURITIES.

                  In March 1997, Technor sold 500,000 shares of its Common Stock
at US $0.20 per share pursuant to Rule 504 of Regulation D under the Securities
Act of 1933, as amended (the "Securities Act"). The Company received gross
proceeds of $100,000 from such offering. Three participants received shares as
fees for services with the shares valued at $1.25 per share. AktieNytt Nu AB
received 12,500 shares and KBTSKRF AB 17,500 shares as payment for services
invoiced to Technor. Axon IT (a technical consulting company) received 30,000
shares (valued at $1.25 per share) as payment for consulting services.

                  In February 1998, the Company sold 715,000 shares of its
Common Stock at US $1.25 per share, pursuant to Rule 504 of Regulation D under
the Securities Act. The Company received gross proceeds of $893,750 from such
offering.

                  In June 1998 the Company sold 775,000 shares of its Common
Stock at US $4.00 per share, pursuant to Regulation S under the Securities Act.
All such shares were sold to "non-U.S. Persons" as defined in Regulation S. The
Company received gross proceeds of $3,100,000 from the offering. The Company
paid a commission of 5% of the purchase price per share to Mats Jonnerhag, a
director of the Company, and Borsinsikt A.B., a company in which Mr. Jonnerhag
is a 66% stockholder. Mr. Jonnerhag and Borsinsikt placed a total of 260,000
shares, and together they received a total commission of US $52,000.

                                      -30-
<PAGE>


         On July 27, 1999, the Company signed two letters of intent with
Madison Securities, Inc. of Chicago Illinois for the raising of additional
capital through a bridge financing of $2,000,000 and a private placement of
up to $10,000,000 of equity. On August 31, 1999, the bridge financing of
$2,000,000 of 12% promissory notes was completed. In connection with such
bridge financing, the Company issued an aggregate of 180,000 common stock
purchase warrants; 100,000 of which have an exercise price of $7.49 per share
and 80,000 of which have an exercise of $8.04 per share. On October 29, 1999,
the Company completed the first tranche of its private placement financing,
in which it sold an aggregate of 393,750 shares of Common Stock for gross
proceeds of $3,500,000. In such offering, $1,200,000 of bridge notes were
exchanged for shares of Common Stock, and $841,557 of the gross proceeds were
used to repay in full the balance of the bridge notes plus interest accrued
on all of the bridge notes. After paying and underwriting the commissions,
the Company received $1,108,443 in proceeds from the first tranche of the
offering. On November 12, 1999, the Company completed the second and final
tranche of the private placement in which it sold an aggregate of 731,250
shares of Common Stock for gross proceeds of $6,500,000. After paying
underwriting commissions, the Company received $5,850,000 in net proceeds
from the second tranche. The Company believes these additional funds will
enable it to grow rapidly and expand its staff and resources. The Company
believes that there offerings were exempt from registration under the
Securities Act pursuant to Section 4(2) and Rule 506 of Regulation D
thereunder.

                                      -31-
<PAGE>



ITEM 5.  INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS.

                  The Company has entered into indemnification agreements with
each of its executive officers pursuant to which the Company agrees to indemnify
each such person for all expenses and liabilities, including criminal monetary
judgments, penalties and fines, incurred by such person in connection with any
criminal or civil action brought or threatened against such person by reason of
such person being or having been an officer or director or employee of the
Company. In order to be entitled to indemnification by the Company, such person
must have acted in good faith and in a manner such person believed to be in the
best interest of the Company and, with respect to criminal actions, such person
must have had no reasonable cause to believe his or her conduct was unlawful.

                  IN THE OPINION OF THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION,
INDEMNIFICATION FOR LIABILITIES ARISING PURSUANT TO THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
IS CONTRARY TO PUBLIC POLICY AND, THEREFORE, UNENFORCEABLE.


                                      -32-
<PAGE>

                                    PART F/S

               CELLPOINT INC. (formerly TECHNOR INTERNATIONAL, INC.)
                   CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (AUDITED)
                FOR THE FISCAL YEARS ENDED JUNE 30, 1999 AND 1998
<TABLE>

<S>                                                                                                      <C>
Report of Independent Accountants...............................................................................F-2

Consolidated Balance Sheets as of June 30, 1999 and 1998........................................................F-3

Consolidated Statements of Operations for the fiscal years ended June 30, 1999 and 1998
  and for the period from February 28, 1997 (Inception) through June 30, 1999 ..................................F-5

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders' Equity for the fiscal years ended June 30, 1999, 1998 and 1997 ........F-6

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the fiscal years ended June 30, 1999 and 1998
  and for the period from February 28, 1997 (Inception) through June 30, 1999 ..................................F-7

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements..................................................................F-8


                            WASP INTERNATIONAL, S.A.
                         FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (AUDITED)
                 FOR THE YEARS ENDED FEBRUARY 28, 1999 AND 1998

Report of Independent Auditors.................................................................................F-18, F-19

Income Statement...............................................................................................F-20

Balance Sheet..................................................................................................F-21

Cash Flow Statement............................................................................................F-22

Notes to the Financial Statements..............................................................................F-23

                CELLPOINT INC. (formerly TECHNOR INTERNATIONAL, INC.)
               CONSOLIDATED PRO FORMA FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED)

Statement regarding the Pro Forma Consolidated Financial Information...........................................F-28

Consolidated Pro Forma Statements of Operations for the fiscal year ended June 30, 1999........................F-29

</TABLE>




                                       F-1

<PAGE>

                        REPORT OF INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS




To the Board of Directors and Stockholders
Technor International, Inc.,

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheet of Technor
International Inc. and subsidiaries, a development stage company ("the
Company"), as of June 30, 1999 and 1998 the related consolidated statements
of operations, stockholders' equity and cash flows for the years ended June
30, 1999 and 1998 and for the period from February 28, 1997 (Inception)
through June 30, 1999. These consolidated financial statements are the
responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express
an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audit.

We conducted our audit in accordance with U.S. generally accepted auditing
standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform our audit to
obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free
of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis,
evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements.
An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and
significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall
financial statement presentation. We believe that our audit provides a
reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above
present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Technor
International, Inc. and subsidiaries as of June 30, 1999 and 1998, and the
results of its operations and its cash flows for the years ended June 30,
1999 and 1998 and for the period from February 28, 1997 (Inception) through
June 30, 1999 in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting
principles.

The accompanying consolidated financial statements have been prepared
assuming that the Company will continue as a going concern. As more fully
discussed in Note 2 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company is
a development stage company with no revenues and has sustained losses from
operations since inception. These factors raise substantial doubt about the
ability of the Company to continue as a going concern. Management's plans in
regard to these matters are also described in Note 2. The financial
statements do not include any adjustments that might result from the outcome
of this uncertainty.


/s/ BDO International AB


BDO International AB
Sollentuna, Sweden
September 9, 1999

                                      F-2



<PAGE>

        CELLPOINT INC. (formerly TECHNOR INTERNATIONAL, INC.) AND SUBSIDIARIES
                          (A Development Stage Company)

                           CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
                                (Amounts in USD)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                  June 30,       June 30,
                                                                   1998            1999
                                                                  --------       -------
<S>                                                              <C>             <C>
ASSETS

Current assets:
Cash and cash equivalents                                        $  764,603      $180,073
Stock subscriptions receivable                                    2,346,667            --
Option for shares in Wasp                                         4,050,000            --
Prepaid expenses                                                     40,653        19,597
Other receivables                                                    70,814        20,533
Other assets                                                             --        15,990
                                                                  ---------       -------
TOTAL CURRENT ASSETS                                              7,272,737       236,193
                                                                  ---------       -------

Long-term assets:

Investment in affiliates                                         4,250,000        500,000
Purchased technology, net of amortization of $483,336                   --      9,666,664
Matrix franchising concept, net of amortization of $111,112             --        888,888
Employment contracts, net of amortization of $68,333                    --        354,657
Furniture and equipment, net of depreciation of $6,860 and
$46,142 respectively                                               110,092        110,140
                                                              ------------    -----------
TOTAL LONG-TERM ASSETS                                           4,360,092     11,520,349
                                                              ------------    -----------
TOTAL ASSETS                                                  $ 11,632,829   $ 11,756,541
                                                              ------------   ------------
                                                              ------------   ------------
</TABLE>


THE ACCOMPANYING NOTES ARE AN INTEGRAL PART OF THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS.

                                      F-3

<PAGE>



                   TECHNOR INTERNATIONAL INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
                          (A Development Stage Company)

                           CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
                                (Amounts in USD)






<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
       LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY

                                                                            June 30,     June 30,
                                                                             1998         1999
<S>                                                                        <C>           <C>
       Current liabilities:
       Accrued expenses and other current liabilities                      $270,901      $210,732
       Accounts payable                                                     247,040        39,517
       Deferred revenue                                                          --        58,690
       Due to shareholders                                                  250,000       150,000
       Due to affiliate                                                          --       123,799
       Advances from employee                                               151,554            --
       Other current liabilities                                                 --        12,901
                                                                           --------   -----------
       TOTAL CURRENT LIABILITIES                                            919,495       595,639
                                                                           --------   -----------


       Stockholders' equity:
       Preferred shares ($0.001 par value; 3,000,000 shares
       authorized no shares issued)
       Common shares ($0.001 par value; 22,000,000 shares
       Authorized; 4,715,000 shares issued and 1,950,000 shares to
       be issued as of June 30, 1998 and 7,440,000 shares issued
       and 750,000 shares to be issued as of June 30, 1999)                   6,665         8,190
       Shares subscribed ($0.001 par value; 775,000 common shares)              775
       Additional paid in capital                                        11,662,123    14,961,373
       Cumulative translation adjustment                                        363        (2,318)
       Deficit accumulated                                                 (836,592)   (3,806,343)
                                                                         ----------   -----------
                                                                         10,833,334    11,160,902
       Less: Subscriptions receivable (30,000 shares)                      (120,000)           --
                                                                        -----------   -----------

       TOTAL STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY                                        10,713,334    11,160,902
                                                                        -----------   -----------
       TOTAL LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY                       $11,632,829   $11,756,541
                                                                        -----------   -----------
                                                                        -----------   -----------
</TABLE>

THE ACCOMPANYING NOTES ARE AN INTEGRAL PART OF THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS.

                                      F-4


<PAGE>


                   TECHNOR INTERNATIONAL INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
                          (A Development Stage Company)

                      CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS
                                (Amounts in USD)





<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                          FOR THE YEAR     FOR THE YEAR              PERIOD FROM
                                         ENDED JUNE 30     ENDED JUNE 30     FEBRUARY 28, 1997 (INCEPTION)
                                                  1998             1999          THROUGH JUNE 30, 1999
<S>                                           <C>          <C>                       <C>
Revenue                                       $   --       $       --                $        --
Cost of goods sold                                --               --                         --
Gross profit                                      --                                          --
Selling, general and administrative expenses  (513,652)     (1,637,240)              (2,165,682)
Professional fees                             (315,431)       (534,176)                (859,138)
Depreciation and amortization                   (6,725)       (702,063)                (708,788)
                                              --------     -----------               -----------

OPERATING LOSS                                (835,808)     (2,873,479)              (3,733,608)

FINANCIAL ITEMS, NET                            23,237         (96,272)                 (72,737)
                                              --------     -----------               -----------

NET LOSS BEFORE TAXES                         (812,571)     (2,969,751)              (3,806,345)

INCOME TAXES                                        --              --                        --
                                              --------     -----------               -----------

Net loss                                     $(812,571)    $(2,969,751)             $(3,806,345)
                                              --------     -----------               -----------


Basic and diluted loss per share                 (0.18)          (0.36)

Weighted average number of shares
outstanding, basic and diluted:              7,440,000       4,460,417

</TABLE>



THE ACCOMPANYING NOTES ARE AN INTEGRAL PART OF THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS.

                                      F-5


<PAGE>

                   TECHNOR INTERNATIONAL INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
                         (A Development Stage Company)

                 CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
                                (Amounts in US$)
                    Years ended June 30, 1999, 1998 and 1997


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>                                                                                     COMMON SHARES
                                                              COMMON SHARES ISSUED            TO BE ISSUED
                                                             -----------------------  ----------------------------
                                                             Number of     Amount     Number of     Amount
                                                               Shares     (Par value  Shares    (Par Value $0.001)
                                                                           $0.001)
<S>                                                            <C>        <C>         <C>       <C>
Balance, February 28, 1997 (Inception)                         --           --           --            --
Comprehensive income (loss)
  Net loss                                                     --           --           --            --
  Other comprehensive income (loss)
    Currency translation                                       --           --           --            --
Comprehensive loss for fiscal year
April 1997 - Share subscription at par value                   --           --      3,500,000        $3,500
June 1997 - Share subscription at $0.20 per share,
  net of offering costs                                        --           --        500,000           500
                                                          ---------       ------  -----------       -------
Balance June 30, 1997                                          --           --      4,000,000         4,000
                                                          ---------       ------  -----------       -------
September 1997 - Shares issued                            4,000,000       $4,000   (4,000,000)       (4,000)
Comprehensive income (loss)
  Net loss                                                     --           --           --            --
  Other comprehensive income (loss)
    Currency translation                                       --           --           --            --
Comprehensive loss for fiscal year
January 1998 - Share subscription at $1.25                  715,000          715         --            --
  per share, net of offering costs
May 1998 - Shares in connection with Wasp transaction          --           --      1,950,000         1,950
June 1998 - Share subscription at $4.00 per share, net
  of offering costs                                            --           --        775,000           775
Subscriptions receivable not yet paid                          --           --           --            --
                                                          ---------       ------  -----------       -------
Balance June 30, 1998                                     4,715,000        4,715    2,725,000         2,725
                                                          ---------       ------  -----------       -------
1998 - Shares issued                                      2,725,000        2,725   (2,725,000)       (2,725)
Comprehensive income (loss)
  Net loss                                                     --           --           --            --
  Other comprehensive income (loss)
    Currency translation                                       --           --           --            --
Comprehensive loss for fiscal year
Subscriptions paid                                             --           --           --            --
Shares issued in connection with purchased technology          --           --        500,000           500
Shares issued in connection with marketing agreement           --           --        250,000           250
                                                          ---------       ------  -----------       -------
Balance June 30, 1999                                     7,440,000       $7,440      750,000       $   750
                                                          ---------       ------  -----------       -------
</TABLE>



<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                       Additional Paid     Deficit      Subscriptions   Accumulated     Total
                                                          In Capital     Accumulated     Receivable        Other
                                                                         During the                     Comprehensive
                                                                         Development                    Income (Loss)
                                                                            Stage
<S>                                                    <C>                <C>           <C>              <C>               <C>
Balance, February 28, 1997 (Inception)                         --           --            --                --                --
Comprehensive income (loss)
  Net loss                                                     --       $(24,021)         --                --         $   (24,021)
  Other comprehensive income (loss)
    Currency translation                                       --           --            --                --
                                                                                                                       -----------
Comprehensive loss for fiscal year                                                                                     $   (24,021)
                                                                                                                       -----------
April 1997 - Share subscription at par value                   --           --            --                --               3,500
June 1997 - Share subscription at $0.20 per share,
  net of offering costs                                     $98,262         --            --                --              98,762
                                                        -----------  -----------     ---------           -------       -----------
Balance June 30, 1997                                        98,262      (24,021)         --                --              78,241
                                                        -----------  -----------     ---------           -------       -----------
September 1997 - Shares issued                                 --           --            --                --                --

Comprehensive income (loss)
  Net loss                                                     --       (812,571)         --                --         $  (812,571)
  Other comprehensive income (loss)
    Currency translation                                       --           --            --                 363               363
                                                                                                                       -----------
Comprehensive loss for fiscal year                                                                                        (812,208)
                                                                                                                       -----------
January 1998 - Share subscription at $1.25                  855,535         --            --                --             856,250
             Per share, net of offering costs
May 1998 - Shares in connection with Wasp transaction     7,798,050         --            --                --           7,800,000
June 1998 - Share subscription at $4.00 per share, net
  of offering costs                                       2,910,276         --            --                --           2,911,051
Subscriptions receivable not yet paid                          --           --       $(120,000)             --            (120,000)
                                                        -----------  -----------     ---------           -------       -----------
Balance June 30, 1998                                    11,662,123     (836,592)     (120,000)              363        10,713,334
                                                        -----------  -----------     ---------           -------       -----------
1998 - Shares issued                                           --           --            --                --                --

Comprehensive income (loss)
  Net loss                                                     --     (2,969,751)         --                --         $(2,969,751)
  Other comprehensive income (loss)
    Currency translation                                       --           --            --              (2,681)           (2,681)
                                                                                                                       -----------
Comprehensive loss for fiscal year                                                                                      (2,972,432)
                                                                                                                       -----------
Subscriptions paid                                             --           --         120,000              --             120,000
Shares issued in connection with purchased technology     2,299,500         --            --                --           2,300,000
Shares issued in connection with marketing agreement        999,750         --            --                --           1,000,000
                                                        -----------  -----------     ---------           -------       -----------
Balance June 30, 1999                                   $14,961,373  $(3,806,343)         --             $(2,318)      $11,160,902
                                                        -----------  -----------     ---------           -------       -----------
</TABLE>

THE ACCOMPANYING NOTES ARE AN INTEGRAL PART OF THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS.

                                       F-6



<PAGE>




                                  TECHNOR INTERNATIONAL INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
                                         (A Development Stage Company)

                                      CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOW
                                               (Amounts in USD)



<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                          For the year      For the year      Period from February 28,
                                                         ended June 30        ended June      1997 (Inception) through
                                                                  1998           30 1999      June 30, 1999
<S>                                                       <C>               <C>               <C>
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:

Net loss                                                   $(812,571)       $(2,969,751)      $(3,806,343)
Depreciation & Amortization                                    6,725            702,063           708,788
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to cash provided by
Operating activities:
    Other assets                                                  --            (15,990)          (15,990)
    (Increase) Decrease in prepaid expenses                  (29,077)            21,056           (19,597)
    (Increase) Decrease in short term receivables            (70,814)            50,281           (20,533)
    Increase in accrued expenses and other current
    liabilities                                              270,901             11,425           282,326
    Increase (Decrease)in accounts payable                   247,040           (207,522)           39,515
    Increase (Decrease) in advance from employee              97,695           (151,554)
    Increase Due to affiliate                                     --            123,799           123,799
                                                           ---------          ---------       ------------

Net cash used in operating activities                       (290,101)        (2,436,193)       (2,708,035)
                                                           ---------        -----------       ------------

CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
Purchase of technology                                            --                 --           (50,000)
Purchase of shares in subsidiary and affiliate              (250,000)          (500,000)         (950,000)
Purchase of fixed assets                                     (99,993)          ( 39,330)         (139,323)
                                                           ---------        -----------       ------------

Net cash used in investing activities                       (349,993)         ( 539,330)        1,139,323
                                                           ---------        -----------       ------------

CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
Advances (Payments) of stockholders' loans                        --           (100,000)          150,000
Net proceeds from issuance of shares                       1,300,634          2,466,667         3,879,753
                                                           ---------        -----------       ------------

Net cash provided by financing activities                  1,300,634          2,366,667         4,029,753
                                                           ---------        -----------       ------------

Effect of changes in exchange rates on cash                      363             (2,684)           (2,321)
                                                           ---------        -----------       ------------

Net increase in cash and cash equivalents                    660,903            584,529           180,074
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year               103,700            764,603                --
                                                           ---------        -----------       ------------
Cash and cash equivalents at end of the year                $764,603           $180,074           180,074
                                                           ---------        -----------       ------------
                                                           ---------        -----------       ------------
</TABLE>

THE ACCOMPANYING NOTES ARE AN INTEGRAL PART OF THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS


                                      F-7


<PAGE>


1.         BUSINESS
           Technor International Inc. a development stage company ("Technor"
           or "the Company"), was incorporated in the state of Nevada on
           February 28, 1997. Technor has purchased a GSM (Global System for
           mobile communications) positioning system technology ("the
           Technology") from a Novel Electronics Systems & Technologies which
           can be used for a variety of positioning and telematics applications
           including positioning standard mobile phones for resource management,
           information, safety and security, locating vehicles, management of
           security and alarm systems, surveillance of rented objects as well
           as for remote control of industrial equipment.

           Technor is marketing and further developing the positioning and
           telematics applications of the CellPoint System. The CellPoint System
           consists of three main parts: the mobile phone or terminal, the
           positioning server and the positioning programs. The GSM network
           facilitates the communication between the mobile phone or terminal
           and the Cellpoint server system. The positioning server system
           enables the use of the Internet or fixed lines as information
           carriers.

           On January 16, 1998 Technor formed a wholly-owned subsidiary in
           Sweden, CellPoint Systems AB ("CellPoint"). CellPoint is Technor's
           commercial arm focusing primarily on, but not limited to, Europe.

           Effective February 28, 1999, Technor acquired 100% of Wasp
           International (Pty) Ltd., a South African company ("Wasp") (see
           note 3).

2.         SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
           BASIS OF PRESENTATION
           The accompanying consolidated financial statements include the
           financial statements of Technor and all its subsidiaries and have
           been prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting
           principles and are presented in U.S.dollars. All material
           inter-company transactions and balances have been eliminated.

           DEVELOPMENT STAGE ACTIVITIES
           The Company has not earned revenues from its activities through
           June 30, 1999. As such, the Company is still in a development
           stage and falls under the provisions of Statement of Financial
           Accounting Standards ("SFAS") No 7, "Accounting and Reporting by
           Development Stage Enterprises."

                                      F-8

<PAGE>


           GOING CONCERN AND MANAGEMENT'S PLANS
           The Company has a limited operating history with no revenues. Through
           June 30, 1999, the Company has accumulated a deficit of $3,806,343.
           Management's efforts have focused on securing the Technology,
           developing the CellPoint System and acquiring staff and facilities
           for operations. As such, the company is subject to all the risks and
           uncertainties associated with a new business. Management believes
           they have a commercially feasible product and expects that the first
           significant orders for its product will commence late in calendar
           year 1999 and that the company will have a positive cashflow during
           the second half of fiscal 2000. The success of the Company's future
           operations is, however, dependent upon the Company's ability to
           successfully market the product and to meet additional capital
           requirements. If no revenues or further financing is received,
           management believes that the existing capital is sufficient for
           approximately 9-12 months after June 30 1999.

           These factors, among others, raise substantial doubt about the
           Company's ability to continue as a going concern. The financial
           statements do not include any adjustments to reflect the possible
           future effect on recoverability and classification of assets or the
           classification of liabilities that might result from the outcome of
           this uncertainty.

           INVESTMENT IN AFFILIATE
           The investment in an affiliate is recorded at the lower of cost or
           net realizable value, as no significant influence is exercised over
           the financial and operating decisions of that affiliate.

           FOREIGN CURRENCY TRANSLATION
           Assets and liabilities of foreign units are translated at balance
           sheet date rates to USD. Income statements are translated at the
           average exchange rate for the period. Translation differences that
           arise are recorded directly as a component of stockholder's equity.

           Receivables and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies are
           translated at balance sheet date rates. Unrealized exchange gains and
           losses on translation are reported in the income statement.

           CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS
           Cash and cash equivalents include all highly liquid investments with
           original maturities of three months or less. The majority of the
           Company's cash and cash equivalents reside with high quality Swedish
           financial institutions. Therefore, the cash balances are not insured
           by the U.S. Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation. The Company has
           not experienced any loses in such accounts.

           FURNITURE AND EQUIPMENT
           Furniture and equipment are recorded at acquisition cost less
           accumulated depreciation. Depreciation is calculated using a
           straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the related
           assets. Computer equipment is depreciated over 3 years and other
           equipment over 5 years. Furniture and equipment acquired during the
           year are depreciated from the date the assets are put to service.
           Expenditures for normal maintenance and repairs are charged to
           income. Significant improvements are capitalized.

                                      F-9

<PAGE>


           AMORTIZATION
           Intangible assets are amortized on a straight-line basis over their
           estimated lives, as follows: purchased technology seven years, the
           marketing agreement, the term of the agreement, which is three years,
           and employment contracts, the length of the employment contracts,
           which is two years.

           DEFERRED REVENUE
           Deferred revenue represents pre-billing of contract fees pertaining
           to future periods.

           IMPAIRMENT OF LONG-LIVED ASSETS
           The company periodically evaluates potential impairment of
           long-lived assets based upon cash flows. A loss relating to an
           impairment of assets occurs when the aggregate of the estimated
           undiscounted future cash inflows to be generated by the Company's
           assets groups (including any salvage values) are less than the
           related assets' carrying value. Impairment is measured based on the
           difference between the higher of the fair value of the assets or
           present value of the discounted expected future cash flows and the
           assets' carrying value. No impairement was recorded in 1999 or 1998.

           INCOME TAXES
           The Company utilizes the asset and liability method to account for
           income taxes whereby deferred tax assets and liabilities are
           recognized to reflect the future tax consequences attributable to
           temporary differences between the financial reporting basis of
           existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax basis.
           Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax
           rates expected to be recovered and settled. The effect of a change in
           tax rates on deferred tax assets and liabilities is recognized in the
           period in which the change is enacted.

           EARNINGS PER SHARE
           The Company calculated its earnings per share pursuant to SFAS
           No. 128 "Earnings per Share" which requires the presentation of
           both basic and fully diluted earnings per share (EPS). Assumed
           exercise of options has not been included in the calculation of
           diluted EPS since the effect would be anti-dilutive. Accordingly
           basic and diluted net loss per share do not differ for any period
           presented. EPS is computed based on the loss to common
           stockholders and the weighted average number of shares
           outstanding. The weighted average number of shares outstanding
           were 4,460,417 and 7,440,000 as of June 30, 1998 and 1999,
           respectively.

           USE OF ESTIMATES
           The preparation of financial statements requires management to make
           estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets
           and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities
           at the dates of the financial statements and the reported amounts of
           expenses during the reporting periods. Actual results could differ
           from those estimates.

                                      F-10

<PAGE>


           EFFECT OF RECENT ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS
           SFAS No. 133, "Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging
           Activities", establishes accounting and reporting requirements for
           derivative instruments. The Company has not in the past nor does it
           anticipate that it will engage in transactions involving derivative
           instruments, and therefore does not expect this pronouncement to have
           any effect on the financial statements.

           Statement of Position 98-1, "Accounting for the Costs of Computer
           Software Developed or Obtained for Internal Use", requires an entity
           to expense all software development costs incurred in the preliminary
           project stage, training costs and data conversion costs for fiscal
           years beginning after December 15, 1998. The Company believes that
           adoption of this statement will not have a material effect on the
           Company's financial statements.

           Statement of Position 98-5, "Accounting for Start-up Costs", requires
           an entity to expense all start-up related costs as incurred for the
           fiscal years beginning after December 15, 1998. The Company believes
           that adoption of this statement will not have a material effect on
           the Company's financial statements.

3.         TRANSACTIONS WITH NOVEL ELECTRONIC SYSTEMS & TECHNOLOGIES ("NOVEL"),
           WASP INTERNATIONAL (PTY) LTD. ("WASP INTERNATIONAL"), MATRIX VEHICLE
           TRACKING (PTY) LTD. AND WASP SA (PTY) LTD. ("WASP SA")

           On May 26, 1998, the Company entered into a license agreement with
           Wasp International for Wasp International's positioning system
           technology and a two step option to purchase 100% of the shares in
           Wasp International in exchange for a combination of shares of the
           Company and cash.

           On June 20, 1998, the Company exercised the first option and
           purchased 25 % of the shares of Wasp International.

           The total transaction amounted to a share transfer of 1,950,000
           shares of Technor's stock valued at $4.00 per share and $ 500,000
           in cash.

           The original agreements were amended and restated effective
           February 28, 1999 as follows:

           Technor acquired:

           -  100 % of Wasp International, including the
              development team (18 persons currently employed in Wasp
              International).

           -  Intellectual Property Rights (IPR) and total ownership of the
              technology for use throughout the world, except Africa south of
              the Sahara, which had previously been acquired from the owners of
              the technology by Novel.

                                      F-11

<PAGE>


         -    10% of the common stock of Wasp SA - Wasp SA is the company with
              the current operations in South Africa and Intellectual Property
              Rights (IPR) for Africa, south of the Sahara.

         The total consideration in the above transactions was as follows:

         -    2,450,000 shares in Technor at the current market price of $4 per
              share which amounted to $9,800,000 plus a $50,000 cash payment to
              Novel for the Intellectual Property Rights. (Of the above
              shares, 1,950,000 shares had already been issued under the
              previous agreements before the amendment).

         -    $950,000 to the stockholders of Wasp International (subsequently
              renamed Cellpoint Systems SA (Pty) Ltd.) comprising $450,000
              for the acquisition of Wasp International, and $500,000 for
              the 10% interest in Wasp SA (of the above amount, $500,000 had
              already been paid under the previous agreements before the
              amendment).

         The acquisitions of Wasp International and the technology have been
         accounted for at fair value since neither the former shareholders of
         Wasp International nor Novel were promoters of Technor. The investment
         in Wasp SA is accounted for under the cost method since Technor does
         not exercise significant influence over the financial or operating
         decisions of Wasp SA.

         Under the revised agreements, Technor could possibly be required to
         issue up to an additional 75,000 shares and pay a maximum of $750,000
         at the end of 1999 if certain stock price targets are not met. The
         cost of shares which could potentially be issued has been recorded at
         market value at the time of the agreement of $4.00 per share with a
         corresponding credit to additional paid in capital. The potential
         additional payment of up to $750,000 has not been recorded.

         In connection with the acquisitions, the Company also concluded an
         agreement with Matrix Vehicle Tracking (Pty) Ltd. ("Matrix"), the
         company that has commercialized the technology in South Africa. Matrix
         received 250,000 shares in Technor, with a market value of $4.00 per
         share (the current market price), for services Matrix performed in the
         acquisition of the technology and the development team and its transfer
         of know-how and procedures of vehicle tracking. Matrix will also
         continue to provide its services to Technor for the next three years
         under the current agreement.

         In connection with the acquisition of Wasp International, the excess
         purchase price over the book value of assets acquired amounted to
         $422,990 which was allocated to employment contracts.

         This intangible asset will be amortized over the term of the
         agreements, which is two years. The purchased technology will be
         amortized over its estimated useful life of seven years and the Matrix
         service agreement will be amortized over three years, the term of the
         agreement.


                                      F-12

<PAGE>


4        INCOME TAXES

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                               FOR THE YEAR      FOR THE YEAR
                                                                   ENDED           ENDED
                                                              JUNE 30, 1998     JUNE 30, 1999
                                                              -------------     -------------
<S>                                                           <C>               <C>
           Current tax expense:
           Federal                                              --                 --
           State                                                --                 --
           Foreign                                              --                 --


           Deferred tax expense:
           Federal                                              --                 --
           State                                                --                 --
           Foreign                                              --                 --

           Total tax provision                                  --                 --
</TABLE>


           Technor International Inc. did not have taxable income for the period
           from February 28, 1997 (Inception) through June 30, 1999 and
           therefore does not have any current income tax expense.

           Technor's wholly-owned subsidiaries, CellPoint and Wasp International
           had net operating losses for the year ended June 30, 1999 and were
           not subject to tax in Sweden and South Africa, respectively.

           The significant components of the Company's deferred income tax
           assets are as follows:


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                           JUNE 30, 1998         JUNE 30, 1999
                                                                           -------------         -------------
<S>                                                                      <C>                    <C>
           Deferred income tax assets:
           Net operating losses                                           $     284,000          $    1,294,000
           Unrealized currency gain                                              (7,400)                 (7,700)
                                                                               ---------             ----------
           Total deferred income tax asset                                      276,000               1 286,300
           Valuation allowance                                                 (276,000)             (1 286,300)
                                                                               ---------             ----------
           Net deferred income tax asset                                  $       -              $        -
                                                                               ---------             ----------
</TABLE>
           The Swedish net operating losses amount to approximately U.S.
           $2,100,000 at June 30, 1999. These net operating losses do not
           expire.

           Reconciliation of the effective tax rate to the U.S. statutory rate
           is as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                            JUNE 30, 1998             JUNE 30, 1999
                                                                            -------------             -------------
<S>                                                                         <C>                        <C>
           Tax expense at U.S. statutory rate                                  (34%)                      (34%)
           Meals and entertainment                                             (0.4)                       0.5
           Change in federal valuation allowance                               33.6                       33.5
                                                                             ------                     ------
           Effective income tax rate                                             --                         --
                                                                             ------                     ------
</TABLE>

                                      F-13

<PAGE>




4          FURNITURE AND EQUIPMENT

           Furniture and equipment at June 30, 1998 and 1999 consisted of the
           following:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                           1998          1999
                                                                                           ----          ----
<S>                                                                                       <C>           <C>
           Furniture and equipment                                                        $116,952      $ 156,282
           Less: accumulated depreciation                                                   (6,860)       (46,142)
                                                                                          --------      ---------
                                                                                          $110,092      $ 110,140
                                                                                          --------      ---------
</TABLE>






5          ACCRUED EXPENSES AND OTHER CURRENT LIABILITIES

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                          JUNE 30, 1998      JUNE 30, 1999
                                                                                          -------------      -------------
<S>                                                                               <C>                        <C>
           Professional fees                                                             $    113,455         $  76,636
           Offering costs                                                                      51,596                --
           Accrued vacation                                                                    16,409           112,541
           Payroll taxes and social security costs                                             18,714            18,580
           Other                                                                               70,727             2,975
                                                                                         ------------        ------------
                                                                                         $    270,901         $ 210,732
                                                                                         ------------        ------------
</TABLE>

6          ADVANCES FROM EMPLOYEES

           Two principal stockholders, also employees of the Company, lent the
           Company $150,000 in June 1999. There are no stated repayment terms
           though interest of 5% will be charged on the outstanding balance of
           this loan.

7          FINANCIAL ITEMS, NET

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                          JUNE 30 1998    JUNE 30 1999
                                                                                          ------------    ------------
<S>                                                                                       <C>                  <C>
           Interest income                                                                $   2,708          $  33,895
           Unrealized exchange gains                                                         21,766            (22,755)
           Realized exchange losses                                                          (1,237)          (107,412)
                                                                                          ----------        -----------
           Total                                                                          $  23,237         $  (96,272)
                                                                                          ----------        -----------
</TABLE>


                                      F-14

<PAGE>

8          STOCK INCENTIVE PLAN

           In 1998, the Company adopted a Stock Incentive plan ("the Stock
           Incentive Plan") for its employees, officers and directors
           (whether or not employees). The Stock Incentive Plan provides for
           the grant of non-qualified stock options. The Stock Incentive Plan
           also provides that for each option granted under the Stock
           Incentive Plan, the exercise price shall not be less than 100% of
           the fair market value of the common share on the date before the
           option is granted. The Stock Incentive Plan provides that options
           granted vest in one, two or three installments: the first being
           six to twelve months, the second being one year to two years, and
           the third being eighteen months to twenty eight months after the
           anniversary of the date of grant, and expire no later than 10
           years subsequent to the grant date.

           The number of shares authorized for grants under the Share Option
           Plan is 1,000,000 and the number of options granted at June 30, 1999
           was 840,000. As of June 30, 1999, no options had been exercised.

           The following table summarizes information about stock options
           outstanding at June 30, 1999:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
           OPTIONS OUTSTANDING                                    OPTIONS EXERCISABLE
           ----------------------------------------------------   ----------------------------------------------------
                                             WEIGHTED AVERAGE
           RANGE OF           OUTSTANDING    REMAINING            WEIGHTED AVERAGE   EXERCISABLE    WEIGHTED AVERAGE
           EXERCISE PRICES    AS OF 6/30/99  CONTRACTUAL YEARS    EXERCISE PRICES    AS OF 6/30/99  EXERCISE PRICES
           ----------------------------------------------------   ----------------------------------------------------
           <S>                  <C>                <C>                 <C>             <C>               <C>
           $1.00                125,000            8.5                 $1.00           100,000           $1.00
           ----------------------------------------------------   ----------------------------------------------------
           $2.50-$2.75          350,000            8.8                 $2.70           225,000           $2.75
           ----------------------------------------------------   ----------------------------------------------------
           $3.00-$3.88          185,000            9.8                 $3.40             8,500           $3.25
           ----------------------------------------------------   ----------------------------------------------------
           $4.00-$4.63          180,000            9.5                 $4.29                --              --
           ----------------------------------------------------   ----------------------------------------------------
                                -------                                                -------
                                840,000                                                333,500
                                -------                                                -------
</TABLE>

           Information concerning the Stock Incentive Plan is summarized as
           follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                            OPTION SHARES   OPTION PRICE PER SHARE   WEIGHTED AVERAGE PRICE PER SHARE
           ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
           <S>                                 <C>              <C>                              <C>
           Outstanding at June 30, 1997           --                --                             --
           Granted                             405,000          $1.00-$2.75                      $2.21
           Exercised                              --                --                             --
           Cancelled/Expired                      --                --                             --
                                               -------
           Outstanding at June 30, 1998        405,000          $1.00-$2.75                      $2.21
           Granted                             435,000          $2.50-$4.63                      $3.63
           Exercised                              --                --                             --
           Cancelled/Expired                      --                --                             --
                                               -------
           Outstanding at June 30, 1999        840,000          $1.00-$4.63                      $2.94
</TABLE>

           The Company accounts for stock options granted to employees under the
           provisions of Accounting Principles Board Opinion No. 25, "Accounting
           for Stock Issued to Employees" ("APB 25"), as permitted by Statement
           of Financial Accounting Standards N0. 123, ("SFAS 123"), "Accounting
           for Stock-Based Compensation." APB 25 provides for compensation cost
           to be recognized over the vesting period of the options based on the
           difference, if any, between the fair market value of the Company's
           stock and the option price on the grant date. SFAS No. 123 requires
           the company to provide pro forma disclosure of net income and
           earnings per share as if the optional fair value method had been

                                      F-15

<PAGE>

           applied to determine compensation costs for the Company's stock
           option plans. The Company has used the Black-Scholes
           option-pricing model to estimate the fair value of each stock
           option issued in 1999 and 1998. The following weighted average
           assumptions were used in 1999 and 1998 respectively: a risk-free
           interest rate of 4.97% and 4.94%; an expected option life of 3
           years for both years; expected volatility of 65% and 65%; and no
           dividends paid.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                Year                  Year
                                                                Ended                 Ended
                                                                June 30, 1998         June 30, 1999

           <S>                               <C>                <C>                   <C>
           Net loss                          As reported        $    (812,571)            (2,961,751)
                                             Pro Forma          $    (941,955)            (3,592,651)

           Earnings per share                As reported        $       (0.18)               (0.36)
                                             Pro Forma          $       (0.21)               (0.50)
</TABLE>


9          COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

           A significant portion of the Company's business is conducted in
           currencies other than the U.S. dollar (the currency in which its
           financial statements are stated), primarily the Swedish krona. The
           Company incurs a significant portion of its expenses in Swedish krona
           and South African Rand, including all of its product development
           expenses and a substantial portion of its general and administrative
           expenses. As a result, the value of the Swedish krona and South
           African Rand relative to the other currencies in which the Company
           generates revenues, particularly the U.S. dollar, could adversely
           affect operating results. The Company does not currently undertake
           hedging transactions to cover its currency exposure.

           The Company rents an office under an operating lease agreement, on a
           month to month basis. Rental expense amounted to $13,590 and $32,420
           for 1997 and 1998, respectively. On July 1,

                                      F-16

<PAGE>


           1999 the Company signed a lease for nine months with future minimum
           rental payments of $35,714.

           The Company is obligated under various employment agreements with
           certain officers, which provide for base annual compensation
           aggregating $378,959. All agreements are for two years with two
           expiring May 31, 2001 and two expiring July 31, 2001.

10         SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

           During August 1999, the Company closed on a $2 million bridge
           financing .The Company sold 20 units, each unit consisting of a one
           year $100,000 promissory note that bears interest at 12% per annum
           and a warrant to purchase 4,000 shares of the Company's common stock
           at a price equal to the ten day average closing bid price prior to
           closing. The placement agent receives commissions of 5% of the total
           financing and warrants to purchase shares of the Company's common
           stock of 5,000 warrants per unit. Principal and interest is payable
           upon the earlier of one year or the date on which the Company has
           received funds in the minimum amount of $3 million dollars in a
           subsequent equity private placement.

           Further to the bridge financing, a Letter of Intent is also in place
           for a subsequent private placement of up to $8,000,000 to be
           completed by the end of 1999.

           Two principal shareholders, also employees of the Company, lent the
           Company $150,000 in July 1999. There are no stated repayment terms.
           Interest of 5% will be charged on the outstanding balance of this
           loan


                                      F-17



<PAGE>


REPORT OF THE INDEPENDENT AUDITOR
TO THE MEMBER OF WASP INTERNATIONAL (PROPRIETARY) LIMITED

We have audited the annual financial statements of Wasp International
(Proprietary) Limited set out on pages F-20 to F-28 for the year ended 28
February 1999 all expressed in South African Rand. These financial statements
are the responsibility of the company's directors. Our responsibility is to
express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audit.

SCOPE

We conducted our audit in accordance with statements of South African Auditing
Standards which are not significantly different from those of the United States
of America. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance that the financial statements are free of material
misstatement. An audit includes:
     -   examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and
         disclosures in the financial statements;
     -   assessing the accounting
         principles used and significant estimates made by management; and
     -   evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

AUDIT OPINION

In our opinion, these financial statements fairly present, in all material
respects, the financial position of the company at 28 February 1999, and the
results of its operations and cash flows for the year then ended in accordance
with South African generally accepted accounting practice, which are not
significantly different to US generally accepted accounting practice, and in the
manner required by the Companies Act.

We also audited the adjustments relating to the discontinued operations
described in Note 5 that were applied to restate the February 28, 1998
financial statements. In our opinion, such adjustments are appropriate and
have been properly applied.

/s/ BDO Spencer Steward

BDO Spencer Steward
Johannesburg
May 17, 1999


                                      F-18

<PAGE>

REPORT OF THE INDEPENDENT AUDITORS


To the members of
Wasp International (Proprietary) Limited

We have audited the annual financial statements of Wasp International
(Proprietary) Limited (prior to the reclassification of discontinued
operations explained in Note 5) set out on pages F-20 to F-28 for the year
ended 28 February 1998. These financial statements are the responsibility of
the company's directors. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these
financial statements based on our audit.

SCOPE

We conducted our audit in accordance with Statements of South African
Auditing Standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the
audit to obtain reasonable assurance that the financial statements are free
of material misstatement. An audit includes:

- -  examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures
   in the financial statements,
- -  assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by
   management, and
- -  evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.

We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

AUDIT OPINION

In our opinion, the financial statements fairly present, in all material
respects, the financial position of the company at 28 February 1998, and the
results of its operations and cash flows for the year then ended, in
accordance with generally accepted accounting practice, and in the manner
required by the Companies Act.


/s/ Price Waterhouse
- -----------------------------
PRICE WATERHOUSE
Chartered Accountants (SA)
Sandton
12 June 1998


                                      F-19

<PAGE>

WASP INTERNATIONAL (PROPRIETARY) LIMITED
INCOME STATEMENT
FOR THE YEARS ENDED 28 FEBRUARY 1999 AND 1998
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                         NOTES       1999            1998
                                                                       R               R

<S>                                                      <C>     <C>             <C>
GROSS REVENUE                                              2              --              --
COST OF SALES                                                             --              --
                                                                 -----------     -----------
GROSS PROFIT                                                              --              --
OPERATING COSTS                                                   (3,413,155)     (2,244,832)
                                                                 -----------     -----------
OPERATING PROFIT/(LOSS)                                           (3,413,155)     (2,244,832)
                                                                 -----------     -----------
NET PROFIT/(LOSS) after investment income                         (3,413,155)     (2,244,832)
                                                                 -----------     -----------
NET PROFIT/(LOSS) for the year from continuing operations         (3,413,155)     (2,244,832)
NET PROFIT for the year from discontinued operations       5       5,467,441         404,495
                                                                 -----------     -----------
NET PROFIT/(LOSS) for the year                                     2,054,286      (1,840,337)
ACCUMULATED LOSS - beginning of the year                          (1,889,879)        (49,542)
                                                                 -----------     -----------
RETAINED EARNINGS/(ACCUMULATED LOSS) - end of the year               164,407      (1,889,879)
                                                                 -----------     -----------
                                                                 -----------     -----------

</TABLE>



                                      F-20
<PAGE>

WASP INTERNATIONAL (PROPRIETARY) LIMITED
BALANCE SHEET
AT 28 FEBRUARY 1999 AND 1998

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                         NOTES       1999            1998
                                                                       R               R

<S>                                                       <C>       <C>           <C>
CAPITAL EMPLOYED
SHARE CAPITAL                                              7            100              100
DISTRIBUTABLE RESERVE/ACCUMULATED LOSS                              164,407       (1,889,879)
                                                                    -------       ----------
SHAREHOLDER'S INTEREST/(DEFICIT)                                    164,507       (1,889,779)
SHAREHOLDERS' LOANS                                        8                       2,162,789
LONG-TERM LIABILITIES                                      9                         651,312
                                                                    -------       ----------
                                                                    164,507          924,322
                                                                    -------       ----------
                                                                    -------       ----------
EMPLOYMENT OF CAPITAL

FIXED ASSETS                                               10       164,507        2,720,818

INVESTMENTS                                                11            -            28,307

CURRENT ASSETS
Inventory                                                  12            -         2,009,275
Accounts receivable                                                  72,194        1,772 622
Bank and cash balances                                                   -             1,625
                                                                    -------       ----------
                                                                     72,194        3,783,522
CURRENT LIABILITIES
Advances received                                                    72,194          491,067
Accounts payable                                                         -         1,898,691
Income received in advance                                               -         1,815,637
Bank overdraft                                                           -         1,402,930
                                                                    -------       ----------
                                                                     72,194        5,608 325
NET CURRENT LIABILITIES                                                  -        (1,824,803)
                                                                    -------       ----------
                                                                    164,507          924,322
                                                                    -------       ----------
                                                                    -------       ----------

</TABLE>


                                      F-21
<PAGE>

WASP INTERNATIONAL (PROPRIETARY) LIMITED
CASH FLOW STATEMENT
FOR THE YEARS ENDED 28 FEBRUARY 1999 AND 1998
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                         NOTES       1999            1998
                                                                       R               R

<S>                                                      <C>        <C>              <C>
OPERATING ACTIVITIES
Cash flow from operating activities                      13.1          933,650          (28,698)
Change in working capital                                13.2        1,392,139       (1,610,272)
Cash generated from operating activities                             2,325,789       (1,638,970)
Investment income                                                          325            4,224
Finance costs                                                         (504,649)        (830,148)
                                                                     ---------       ----------
Net cash flow from operating activities                              1,821,465       (2,464,894)
                                                                     ---------       ----------
INVESTING ACTIVITIES
Additions to fixed assets                                13.3         (277,687)        (287,826)
Proceeds from disposal of fixed assets                   13.4        2,643,321           22,509
Other investments                                                       28,307          (28,307)
Net cash flow from investing activities                              2,393,941         (293,624)
                                                                     ---------       ----------
FINANCING ACTIVITIES
Long term loans raised                                                    -           1,038,855
Long term loans repaid                                              (2,814,101)            -
                                                                     ---------       ----------
Net cash flow from financing activities                             (2,814,101)       1,038,855
                                                                     ---------       ----------
NET CASH FLOW                                                        1,401,305       (1,719,663)
NET (BANK OVERDRAFT)/CASH - at beginning of the year                (1,401,305)         318,358
                                                                     ---------       ----------
BANK OVERDRAFT - at end of the year                                       -          (1,401,305)
                                                                     ---------       ----------
                                                                     ---------       ----------

</TABLE>

                                      F-22
<PAGE>

WASP INTERNATIONAL (PROPRIETARY) LIMITED
NOTES TO THE ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
28 FEBRUARY 1999 AND 1998

1.       ACCOUNTING POLICY
         The annual financial statements were prepared in accordance with the
         historical cost convention and incorporate the following principal
         accounting policies which were consistent with those of the previous
         year and conform in all material respects with Generally Accepted
         Accounting Practice and the requirements of the Companies Act. There
         are no material differences from accounting policies generally accepted
         in the United States of America.

1.1.     FIXED ASSETS AND DEPRECIATION
         Fixed assets were stated at cost and depreciated at rates considered
         appropriate to reduce carrying values to estimated residual values over
         their estimated useful lives.

         The annual rates used for this purpose were:
         -   Motor vehicles                               25%
         -   Furniture and fittings                       17%
         -   Office equipment                             25%
         -   Computer equipment                           33%
         -   Computer software                            50%

1.2.     INVESTMENTS
         Investments, other than in associates, were stated at cost less any
         provisions for permanent diminution in value.

1.3.     INVENTORY
         Inventory was stated at the lower of cost or net estimated realizable
         value. Merchandise is valued at invoice cost on a weighted average
         basis.

1.4.     FOREIGN CURRENCY TRANSLATION
         Transactions in foreign currencies were accounted for at the rates of
         exchange ruling on transaction dates.

         Monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies were
         translated at the rates of exchange ruling at the balance sheet date,
         or at the forward rates where related forward exchange contracts have
         been entered into. Unrealised differences on monetary assets and
         liabilities were recognised in the income statement in the period in
         which they occur.




                                      F-23
<PAGE>

WASP INTERNATIONAL (PROPRIETARY) LIMITED
NOTES TO THE ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
28 FEBRUARY 1999 AND 1998


1.5.     REVENUE RECOGNITION
         Interest is recognised on a time proportion basis, taking account of
         the principal outstanding and the effective rate over the period to
         maturity, when it is determined that such income will accrue to the
         group.

         The sale of goods is recognised when the significant risks and rewards
         of ownership of the goods were transferred to the buyer.

1.6.     RESEARCH and DEVELOPMENT COSTS
         Research and development costs are expensed as incurred.

2.       GROSS REVENUE

         Major classes of revenue comprise:
         -   Sale of Goods
         -   Services rendered

3.       NET PROFIT/(LOSS)

         Net profit/(loss) is arrived at after taking into account the following
         items:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                       1999       1998
                                                                         R          R
         <S>                                                         <C>        <C>
         Auditors' remuneration                                       45,000     54,951
                                                                     -------    -------
         Depreciation
         -  Computer equipment                                       128,319     91,515
         -  Computer software                                         26,724      9,064
         -  Furniture and fittings                                    27,832     22,148
         -  Motor vehicles                                             2,517      2,517
         -  Office equipment                                           5,285        445
                                                                     -------    -------
                                                                     190,677    125,689
                                                                     -------    -------
         Net loss on disposal of fixed assets                                   (22,509)
                                                                     -------    -------
         Fees paid to outside parties - consultancy                  250,994    112,230
                                                                     -------    -------
         Exchange losses relating to foreign currency borrowings     (15,314)      -
                                                                     -------    -------
4.       INCOME FROM INVESTMENTS (included in Discontinued Operations)

         Interest income - current account                               325      4,224
                                                                     -------    -------
                                                                     -------    -------
</TABLE>

5.       DISCONTINUED OPERATIONS
         The company disposed of most of its entire operating business with
         effect from 28 February 1999, leaving only its research and development
         team remaining.

         Financial results of discontinued operations are as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                  Years Ended February 28,
                                    1999           1998
         <S>                    <C>             <C>
         Gross revenue           22,188,141      20,971,976

         Cost of sales          (13,784,811)    (17,205,072)

         Operating costs         (2,431,565)     (2,536,485)

         Interest paid             (504,649)       (830,148)

         Investment income              325           4,224

         Net profit               5,467,441         404,495

</TABLE>



                                      F-24
<PAGE>

WASP INTERNATIONAL (PROPRIETARY) LIMITED
NOTES TO THE ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
28 FEBRUARY 1999 AND 1998

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                       1999       1998
                                                                         R          R
         <S>                                                         <C>        <C>
6.       DIRECTORS' EMOLUMENTS
         For services as directors                                   1,262,248    957,943
                                                                     ---------    -------
                                                                     ---------    -------
7.       SHARE CAPITAL
         Authorised:
         1 000 Ordinary shares of R1 each                                1,000      1,000
                                                                     ---------    -------
                                                                     ---------    -------
         Issued:
         100 Ordinary shares of R1 each                                    100        100
                                                                     ---------    -------
                                                                     ---------    -------
8.       SHAREHOLDERS' LOANS
         A. van Urk                                                        -      543,956
         G. Redford                                                        -      683,617
         G. van Urk                                                        -      506,842
         M. Carroll                                                        -      428,374
                                                                     ---------    -------
         Shareholders' loans payable - Long-term portion                   -    2,162,789
                                                                     ---------    -------
                                                                     ---------    -------

         These indefinite period loan were interest free
         and unsecured.

9.       LONG TERM LIABILITIES

         Loan from Vutech (Proprietary) Limited                            -      651,312
                                                                     ---------    -------
                                                                     ---------    -------

</TABLE>

         The unsecured loan is an indefinite period
         fluctuating loan and accrued interest at prime.

10.      FIXED ASSETS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                1999                                  1998
                              ACCUMULATED                 CARRYING   ACCUMULATED                 CARRYING
                                 COST      DEPRECIATION    VALUE          COST     DEPRECIATION    VALUE
<S>                              <C>           <C>          <C>        <C>            <C>          <C>
         OWNED ASSETS
         Computer equipment      139,105        45,156       93,949      291,036      105,692       185,344
         Computer software        45,125        28,516       16,609       28,846        9,064        19,782
         Furniture and fittings   85,522        32,584       52,938      168,840       36,074       132,766
         Motor vehicles                -             -            -       10,070        2,642         7,428
         Office equipment          1,942           931        1,011        1,942          445         1,497
         Initial technology            -            -             -    2,374,001            -     2,374,001
                                 ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
         Total assets            271,694       107,187      164,507    2,874,735      153,917     2,720,818
                                 ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                 ---------------------------------------------------------------------------

</TABLE>


                                      F-25
<PAGE>

WASP INTERNATIONAL (PROPRIETARY) LIMITED
NOTES TO THE ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
28 FEBRUARY 1999 AND 1998

10.       FIXED ASSETS (CONTINUED)

         The carrying amounts of fixed assets can be reconciled as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                   CARRYING   ADDITIONS  REVALUATIONS      DISPOSALS     DEPREC.       CARRYING
                                  VALUE AT                                                             VALUE AT
                                  BEGINNING                                                                 END
                                   OF YEAR                                                              OF YEAR
<S>                             <C>            <C>           <C>           <C>             <C>         <C>
         OWNED ASSETS
         Computer equipment       185,344      210,447        -              (173,523)     (128,319)    93,949
         Computer software         19,782       32,683      (9,132)           (26,724)      (16,609)         -
         Furniture and fittings   132,766            -        -               (51,996)      (27,832)    52,938
         Motor vehicles             7,428            -      (4,911)            (2,517)       (1,011)         -
         Office equipment           1,497       34,557     (29,758)            (5,285)       (1,011)         -
         Initial technology     2,374,001            -  (2,374,001)                 -             -          -
                                ---------      -------  -----------        ----------      --------    -------
         Total assets           2,720,818      277,687        -            (2,643,321)     (190,677)   164,507
                                ---------      -------  -----------        ----------      --------    -------
                                ---------      -------  -----------        ----------      --------    -------

</TABLE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                              1999      1998
                                                                               R          R
<S>                                                                     <C>         <C>
11.      INVESTMENTS

         Loan to Capital Control Centre (Proprietary) Limited                   -       28,307
                                                                        ---------   ----------
                                                                        ---------   ----------
12.      INVENTORY

         Raw materials                                                       -       1,161,747
         Finished goods                                                      -         847,528
                                                                        ---------   ----------
                                                                             -       2,009,275
                                                                        ---------   ----------
                                                                        ---------   ----------
13.      CASH FLOW INFORMATION
13.1.    CASH GENERATED BY/(UTILIZED IN) OPERATIONS

         Operating profit/(loss) before financing costs                 2,558,935   (1,010,189)
         Adjustment for:
         Depreciation                                                     190,677      125,690
         Net loss on disposal of fixed assets                                -          22,509
         Income from investments                                             (325)      (4,224)
         Provision for maintenance                                     (1,815,637)     837,516
                                                                        ---------   ----------
                                                                          933,650      (28,698)
                                                                        ---------   ----------
                                                                        ---------   ----------

</TABLE>


                                      F-26
<PAGE>

WASP INTERNATIONAL (PROPRIETARY) LIMITED
NOTES TO THE ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
28 FEBRUARY 1999 AND 1998

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                              1999          1998
                                                                               R              R
<S>                                                                     <C>              <C>
13.      CASH FLOW INFORMATION (CONTINUED)

13.2.    CHANGE IN WORKING CAPITAL

         Change in inventories                                           2,009,275         (606,041)
         Change in accounts receivable                                   1,700,428         (837,843)
         Change in accounts payable                                     (2,317,564)        (166,388)
                                                                         ---------       ----------
                                                                         1,392,139       (1,610,272)
                                                                         ---------       ----------
                                                                         ---------       ----------

13.3.    FIXED ASSETS ACQUIRED FOR CASH

         Computer equipment                                               (210,447)               -
         Computer software                                                 (32,683)               -
         Office equipment                                                  (34,557)               -
         Initial technology                                                      -         (287,826)
                                                                         ---------       ----------
                                                                          (277,687)        (287,826)
                                                                         ---------       ----------
                                                                         ---------       ----------
13.4.    PROCEEDS FROM DISPOSAL OF FIXED ASSETS
         Carrying value of fixed assets disposed                         2,643,321           45,018
         Loss on disposal                                                        -          (22,509)
                                                                         ---------       ----------
                                                                         2,643,321           22,509
                                                                         ---------       ----------
                                                                         ---------       ----------
</TABLE>

14.      SALE OF THE COMPANY

         Effective February 28, 1999, the Company was acquired by Technor
         International, Inc. Prior to the acquisition by Technor
         International, Inc., the operations were transferred to another
         entity, leaving the development team. (See Note 5.) The balance
         sheet at February 28, 1999 reflects the transfer of operations.


                                      F-27
<PAGE>

UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL INFORMATION

                  The following unaudited pro forma consolidated financial
information (the "Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Financial Information") has
been derived from the application of pro forma adjustments to Technor
International, Inc. and Subsidiaries consolidated historical audited statements
for the year ended June 30, 1999 included elsewhere herein, combined with the
audited statements of Wasp International (Proprietary) Limited.

                  The Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Financial information
gives effect to the acquisition of Wasp International (Proprietary) Limited and
the purchase of technology as if such events had occurred on July 1, 1998. All
amounts were converted into U.S. dollars at the average rate of exchange. An
Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Balance Sheet as of June 30, 1999 has not been
presented because the events, which became effective on February 28, 1999, are
already reflected in the historical balance sheet as of June 30, 1999. The pro
forma adjustments are described in the accompanying notes.

                  The Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Financial information is
presented for informational purposes only and does not purport to represent what
the results of operations of Technor International, Inc. and Subsidiaries would
actually have been if the aforementioned events had occurred on the date
specified or to the project Technor International, Inc. and Subsidiaries results
of operations for any future periods. The Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated
Financial Information should be read in conjunction with Technor International,
Inc. and Subsidiaries consolidated historical financial statements, and the
notes thereto, included elsewhere herein.


                                      F-28
<PAGE>

         CELLPOINT INC. (formerly TECHNOR INTERNATIONAL INC.) AND SUBSIDIARIES
              Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Statement of Operations
                            Year Ended June 30, 1999
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                        WASP (1)
                                 HISTORICAL (1)       INTERNATIONAL           ADJUSTMENTS             PRO FORMA
                                 -------------        -------------           -----------             ---------
<S>                             <C>                      <C>                 <C>                     <C>
Sales, Net                      $         --            $      --                                    $        --
Cost of Sales                             --                   --                                             --
                                ------------            ---------             ----------             -----------
Gross Profit                              --                   --                                             --
                                ------------            ---------             ----------             -----------

Selling, general and
administrative expenses            2,171,416              579,975                                      2,751,391

Depreciation and
amortization                         702,063                   --              1,333,489   (2)         2,035,552
                                ------------            ---------             ----------             -----------
Total Operating
Expenses                           2,873,479              579,975              1,333,489               4,768,943
                                ------------            ---------             ----------             -----------

Loss from operations
                                  (2,873,479)            (579,975)            (1,333,489)             (4,768,943)

Financial Items, Net                 (96,272)                  --                                        (96,272)
                                ------------            ---------             ----------             -----------

Net Income (loss)               $ (2,969,751)           $(579,975)            (1,333,489)            $(4,883,215)
                                ------------            ---------             ----------             -----------
                                ------------            ---------             ----------             -----------

Net loss per share, basic
and diluted                            (0.20)                                                              (0.59)

Weighted average shares
outstanding, basic and
diluted                            7,502,500                                                           8,190,000

</TABLE>

(1)      Reflects the portion of the results from operations from July 1,
         1998 through February 28, 1999 which relates to the ongoing business
         of the company acquired. The results of operations of Wasp
         International for the period February 28, 1999 through June 30, 1999
         are included in the historical financial statements. The Company
         acquired the development team.

(2)      Reflects the amortization of the following: $966,667 relating to the
         purchased technology ($10,150,000 amortized over 7 years), $222,222
         relating to the marketing agreement ($1,000,000 amortized over 3
         years), $141,000 relating to the excess purchase price ($422,990
         amortized over 2 years), all of which was attributed to employment
         contracts, and depreciation expenses of $3,600 on acquired fixed assets
         ($27,000 amortized over 5 years).


                                      F-29

<PAGE>
                                    PART III
ITEM 1.  INDEX TO EXHIBITS

                  The documents required to be filed and as listed on the Index
to Exhibits below follow immediately after the signatures below.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

EXHIBIT NO.       DESCRIPTION OF EXHIBIT

<S>               <C>
3.1               Articles of Incorporation

3.2               By-Laws

3.3               Certificate of Amendment to the Articles of Incorporation
                  of the Company, filed with the Secretary of State of Nevada
                  on October 4, 1999 (incorporated by reference from the
                  Company's Current Report on Form 8-K, filed on October 5,
                  1999.)

10.1              [superseded]

10.2              [superseded]

10.3              [superseded]

10.4              [superseded]

10.5              Amended and Restated Stock Incentive Plan (filed herewith)

10.6              Agreement between Matrix Vehicle Tracking (Pty) Ltd. and
                  Technor International Inc., dated May 11, 1999

10.7              Amended and Restated Option Agreement, dated May 13, 1999

10.8              Sale of Technology Agreement between Novel Electronic Systems
                  & Technologies and Technor International Inc., dated May 13,
                  1999 (filed herewith; omits portions based upon a request
                  for confidential treatment pursuant to Rule 24b-2 under the
                  Securities Exchange Act of 1934)

10.9              Share Sale Agreement, dated May 13, 1999 between Gerrit van
                  Urk, Albert van Urk, Guy Redford and Technor International,
                  Inc.(filed herewith)

10.10             Memorandum of Understanding between AU-System and CellPoint
                  Systems AB, dated Feb. 17, 1999

10.11             Limited Sale of Business, dated as of March 1, 1999,
                  between Wasp International (Pty) Limited and Wasp S.A. (Pty)
                  Limited (filed herewith; omits portions based upon a request
                  for confidential treatment pursuant to Rule 24b-2 under the
                  Securities Exchange Act of 1934)

10.12             Project Agreement, dated April 23, 1999, between Tele2 and
                  CellPoint Systems AB, (filed herewith; omits portions based
                  upon a request for confidential treatment pursuant to
                  Rule 24b-2 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934)

10.13             Contract, dated August 1999, between France Telecom and
                  CellPoint Systems AB (filed herewith; omits portions based
                  upon a request for confidential treatment pursuant to Rule
                  24b-2 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934)

10.14             Employment Agreement, dated as of June 1, 1999, between
                  Technor International, Inc. and Peter Henricsson

10.15             Employment Agreement, dated as of June 1, 1999, between
                  Technor International, Inc. and Lynn Duplessis

10.16             Employment Agreement, dated as of August 1, 1999, between
                  CellPoint Systems AB and Hadar Cars

10.17             Employment Agreement, dated as of July 31, 1998, between
                  Wasp International (Pty) Ltd. and Albert van Urk

16.1              Letter from Kelly & Co. (incorporated by reference from the
                  Company's Current Report on Form 8-K, filed on December 8,
                  1999)

16.2              Letter from PricewaterhouseCoopers (incorporated by
                  reference from the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K,
                  originally filed on September 23, 1999, as amended on
                  October 26, 1999), as supplemented (filed herewith)

27                Financial Data Schedule

</TABLE>

ITEM 2.  DESCRIPTION OF EXHIBITS

             The documents required to be filed and as listed on the
immediately preceding Index to Exhibits follow immediately after Signatures
below.
<PAGE>

                                   SIGNATURES

                  In accordance with Section 12 of the Securities Exchange Act
of 1934, the registrant caused this registration statement to be signed on its
behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

                                         CELLPOINT INC.
                                         (formerly TECHNOR INTERNATIONAL, INC.)
                                         (Registrant)


Date: January 18, 2000                   By:      /s/ PETER HENRICSSON
                                                  ---------------------------
                                                   Peter Henricsson
                                                  Chairman, CEO and President






<PAGE>

                                                                  EXHIBIT 10.5

              CELLPOINT INC. (FORMERLY TECHNOR INTERNATIONAL, INC.)

                 AMENDED AND RESTATED 1998 STOCK INCENTIVE PLAN

     1. PURPOSE. The purpose of this 1998 Stock Incentive Plan (the "Plan") is
to aid the Company in attracting, retaining and motivating officers, key
employees and directors of the Company by providing them with incentives for
making significant contributions to the growth and profitability of the Company.
The Plan is designed to accomplish this goal by offering stock options and other
incentive awards, thereby providing Participants with a proprietary interest in
the growth, profitability and success of the Company.

     2. DEFINITIONS.

     (a) AWARD. Any form of stock option, stock appreciation right, stock or
cash award granted under the Plan, whether granted singly, in combination or in
tandem, pursuant to such terms, conditions and limitations as the Board or the
Committee may establish in order to fulfill the objectives, and in accordance
with the terms and conditions, of the Plan.

     (b) AWARD AGREEMENT. An agreement between the Company and a Participant
setting forth the terms, conditions and limitations applicable to an Award.

     (c) BOARD. The Board of Directors of CellPoint Inc. (fomerly Technor
International, Inc.).

     (d) CODE. The Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time.

     (e) COMMITTEE. Such committee of the Board as may be designated from time
to time by the Board to administer the Plan or any subplan under the Plan. The
Committee shall consist of not less than two members of the Board who are not
officers or employees of the Company, PROVIDED that, unless the Board otherwise
determines, each such non-employee director member of the Committee shall meet
the requirements of Section 16(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as
amended, and Section 162(m) of the Code.

     (f) COMPANY. CellPoint Inc. (formerly Technor International, Inc.) and its
direct and indirect subsidiaries.

     (g) FAIR MARKET VALUE. Until the Stock is listed on a national exchange,
the last quoted sale price or, if not so quoted, the average of the high bid and
low asked prices for a share of the Stock in the over-the-counter market, as
reported by the National Association of Securities Dealers through its Automated
Quotation System or otherwise, in either case for the date on which Fair Market
Value is to be determined; PROVIDED that, if no transactions in the Stock are
reported for that date, its Fair Market Value shall be the average of the high
and low sale prices or last quoted sale price or, if not so quoted, the average
of the high bid and low asked prices as so reported for the preceding day on
which transactions in the Stock were effected, and PROVIDED, FURTHER, that if no
transactions in the Stock were effected within 10 business days preceding such
relevant date, or if otherwise deemed appropriate by the Board or the Committee,
the Fair Market Value of the Stock shall be as determined by the Board or the
Committee. If the Stock is listed on a national exchange, the Fair Market Value
thereof shall be the closing price of the Stock as reported on the such exchange
for the date on which Fair Market Value is to be determined.

     (h) GOVERNING LAW. The laws of the state of incorporation of the Company.

                                        1

<PAGE>



     (i) PARTICIPANT. An officer, key employee or director of the Company to
whom an Award has been granted.

     (j) STOCK. Authorized and issued or unissued shares of Common Stock, par
value $.001 per share, of CellPoint or any security issued in exchange or
substitution therefor.

     3. ELIGIBILITY. Only officers, key employees, and directors who are also
officers or employees of the Company or who have been designated by the Board as
eligible to receive Awards are eligible to receive Awards under the Plan. Key
employees are those employees who hold positions of responsibility or whose
performance, in the judgment of the Board or the Committee, can have a
significant effect on the growth and profitability of the Company.

     4. STOCK AVAILABLE FOR AWARDS. Subject to Section 14 hereof, a total of
1,500,000 shares of Stock shall be available for issuance pursuant to Awards
granted under the Plan; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that the aggregate number of shares
of Stock subject to options and upon which stock appreciation rights are based
pursuant to Awards hereunder shall not exceed 150,000 shares for any Participant
during any fiscal year; and, PROVIDED, FURTHER, that the Board or the Committee
shall have the power to grant Awards to a Participant exceeding such annual
maximum amount, but such Awards shall not qualify as "performance based" for
purposes of Section 162(m) of the Code to the extent of such excess. From time
to time, the Board and appropriate officers of the Company shall file such
documents with governmental authorities and, if the Stock is listed on a
national exchange, with such stock exchange, as are required to make shares of
Stock available for issuance pursuant to Awards and publicly tradeable. Shares
of Stock related to Awards, or portions of Awards, that are forfeited, canceled
or terminated, expire unexercised, are surrendered in exchange for other Awards,
or are settled in cash in lieu of Stock or in such manner that all or some of
the shares of Stock covered by an Award are not and will not be issued to a
Participant, shall be restored to the total number of shares of Stock available
for issuance pursuant to Awards.

     5. ADMINISTRATION.

     (a) GENERAL. The Plan shall be administered by the Board or, to the extent
determined by the Board, by the Committee, which shall have full and exclusive
power to (i) authorize and grant Awards to persons eligible to receive Awards
under the Plan; (ii) establish the terms, conditions and limitations of each
Award or class of Awards, including terms, conditions and limitations governing
the extent (if any) to which the Award may be assigned or transferred, PROVIDED
that awards shall not be assignable or transferable to any person who is not at
the time of transfer a member of the Participant's immediate family or to any
entity that is not established for the benefit of, or wholly-owned by, the
Participant or a member or members of the Participant's immediate family; (iii)
construe and interpret the Plan and all Award Agreements; (iv) grant waivers of
Plan restrictions; (v) adopt and amend such rules, procedures, regulations and
guidelines for carrying out the Plan as it may deem necessary or desirable; and
(vi) take any other action necessary for the proper operation and administration
of the Plan, all of which powers shall be exercised in a manner consistent with
the objectives, and in accordance with the terms and conditions, of the Plan.
The powers of the Board or the Committee, as applicable, shall include, but
shall not be limited to, the authority to (A) adopt such subplans as may be
necessary or appropriate (1) to provide for the authorization and granting of
Awards to promote specific goals or for the benefit of specific classes of
Participants, (2) to provide for grants of Awards by means of formulae,
standardized criteria or otherwise, or (3) for any other purposes as are
consistent with the objectives of the Plan, and to segregate shares of Stock
available for issuance under the Plan generally as being available specifically
for the purposes of one or more subplans, and (B) subject to Section 11 hereof,
adopt modifications, amendments, rules, procedures, regulations, subplans and
the like as may be necessary or appropriate (1) to comply with provisions of the
laws of other countries in which the Company may operate in order to assure the
effectiveness of Awards granted under the Plan and to enable Participants
employed in such other countries to receive advantages and benefits under the

                                        2

<PAGE>



Plan and such laws, (2) to effect the continuation, acceleration or modification
of Awards under certain circumstances, including events which might constitute a
Change in Control (as set forth in Section 7 hereof) of the Company, or (3) for
any other purposes as are consistent with the objectives of the Plan. All such
modifications, amendments, rules, procedures, regulations and subplans shall be
deemed to be a part of the Plan as if stated herein.

     (b) COMMITTEE ACTIONS. All actions of the Committee with respect to the
Plan shall require the vote of a majority of its members or, if there are only
two members, by the vote of both. Any action of the Committee may be taken by a
written instrument signed by a majority (or both members) of the Committee, and
any action so taken shall be as effective as if it had been taken by a vote at a
meeting. All determinations and acts of the Committee as to any matters
concerning the Plan, including interpretations or constructions of the Plan and
any Award Agreement, shall be conclusive and binding on all Participants and on
any parties validly claiming through any Participants.

     6. DELEGATION OF AUTHORITY. The Board or the Committee may delegate to the
Chief Executive Officer of the Company and to other executive officers of the
Company certain of its administrative duties under the Plan, pursuant to such
conditions or limitations as the Board or the Committee may establish, except
that neither the Board nor the Committee may delegate its authority with respect
to (a) the selection of eligible persons as Participants in the Plan, (b) the
granting or timing of Awards, (c) establishing the amount, terms and conditions
of any such Award, (d) interpreting the Plan, any subplan or any Award Agreement
or (e) amending or otherwise modifying the terms or provisions of the Plan, any
subplan or any Award Agreement.

     7. AWARDS. Subject to Sections 4 and 19 hereof, the Board or the Committee
shall determine the types and timing of Awards to be made to each Participant
and shall set forth in the related Award Agreement the terms, conditions and
limitations applicable to each Award. Awards may include, but are not limited
to, those listed below in this Section 7. Awards may be granted singly, in
combination or in tandem, or in substitution for Awards previously granted under
the Plan. Awards may also be made in combination or in tandem with, in
substitution for, or as alternatives to, grants or rights under any other
benefit plan of the Company, including any such plan of any entity acquired by,
or merged with or into, the Company. Any such Awards made in substitution for,
or as alternatives to, grants or rights under a benefit plan of an entity
acquired by, or merged with or into, the Company in order to give effect to the
transaction shall be deemed to be issued in accordance with the terms and
conditions of the Plan. Awards shall be effected through Award Agreements
executed by the Company in such forms as are approved by the Board or the
Committee from time to time.

     All or part of any Award may be subject to conditions established by the
Board or the Committee and set forth in the Award Agreement, which conditions
may include, without limitation, achievement of specific business objectives,
increases in specified indices, attainment of growth rates and other
measurements of Company performance.

     The Board or the Committee may determine to make any or all of the
following Awards:

     (a) STOCK OPTIONS. A grant of a right to purchase a specified number of
shares of Stock, at an exercise price not less than 100% of the Fair Market
Value of the Stock on the date of grant, during a specified period, all as
determined by the Board or the Committee. Without limitation, a stock option may
be in the form of (i) an incentive stock option which, in addition to being
subject to such terms, conditions and limitations as are established by the
Board or the Committee, complies with Section 422 of the Code or (ii) a
non-qualified stock option subject to such terms, conditions and limitations as
are established by the Board or the Committee.

                                        3

<PAGE>



     (b) STOCK APPRECIATION RIGHTS. A right to receive a payment, in cash or
Stock, equal to the excess of the Fair Market Value (or other specified
valuation) of a specified number of shares of Stock on the date the stock
appreciation right ("SAR") is exercised over the Fair Market Value (or other
specified valuation) on the date of grant of the SAR, except that if an SAR is
granted in tandem with a stock option, valuations on the grant and exercise
dates shall be no less than as determined on the basis of Fair Market Value. The
eventual amount, vesting or issuance of an SAR may be subject to future service,
performance standards and such other restrictions and conditions as may be
established by the Board or the Committee.

     (c) STOCK AWARDS. An Award made in Stock or denominated in units of Stock.
The eventual amount, vesting or issuance of a Stock Award may be subject to
future service, performance standards and such other restrictions and conditions
as may be established by the Board or the Committee. Stock Awards may be based
on Fair Market Value or another specified valuation.

     (d) CASH AWARDS. An Award made or denominated in cash. The eventual amount
of a cash Award may be subject to future service, performance standards and such
other restrictions and conditions as may be established by the Board or the
Committee.

     Dividend equivalency rights, on a current or deferred basis, may be
extended to and be made part of any Award denominated in whole or in part in
Stock or units of Stock, subject to such terms, conditions and restrictions as
the Board or the Committee may establish.

     Notwithstanding the provisions of the paragraphs of this Section 7, Awards
may be subject to acceleration of exercisability or vesting in the event of a
Change in Control of the Company (i) as set forth in agreements between the
Company and certain of its officers, directors and key employees which provide
for certain protections and benefits in the event of a change in control (as
defined in such agreements) or (ii) as may otherwise be determined by the Board
or the Committee under and in accordance with the terms and conditions of the
Plan. "Change in Control" for purposes of the Plan shall mean a change in
control of the Company under such circumstances as shall be specified by (x) the
Board or the Committee or (y) where applicable to any Awards granted under the
Plan, by such agreements between The Company and a Participant as (1) may have
been entered into prior to the effective date of the Plan or (2) shall be
entered into after the effective date of the Plan with, to the extent such an
agreement is applicable to an Award, the approval of the Board or the
Committee. A "Change in Control" may, without limitation, be deemed to have
occurred if (A) any "person" or "group" of persons (as the terms "person" and
"group" are used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of
1934, as amended, and the rules thereunder) is or becomes the beneficial owner,
directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing 50.1% or more
of the combined voting power of the then outstanding securities of the Company,
or (B) a change of more than 25% in the composition of the Board occurs within a
two-year period, unless such change in composition was approved in advance by at
least two-thirds of the previous directors.

     8. PAYMENT UNDER AWARDS. Payment by the Company pursuant to Awards may be
made in the form of cash, Stock or combinations thereof and may be subject to
such restrictions as the Board or the Committee determines, including, in the
case of Stock, restrictions on transfer and forfeiture provisions. Stock subject
to transfer restrictions or forfeiture provisions is referred to herein as
"Restricted Stock". The Board or the Committee, in its discretion, may, but is
not obligated to, provide for payments to be deferred, such future payments to
be made in installments or by lump-sum payment. The Board or the Committee may
permit selected Participants to elect to defer payments of some or all types of
Awards in accordance with procedures established by the Board or the Committee
to assure that such deferrals comply with applicable requirements of the Code.

                                        4

<PAGE>



     The Board or the Committee may also establish rules and procedures for the
crediting of interest on deferred cash payments and of dividend equivalencies on
deferred payments to be made in Stock or units of Stock.

     At the discretion of the Board or the Committee, a Participant may be
offered an election to substitute an Award for another Award or Awards, or for
awards made under any other benefit plan of the Company, of the same or
different type.

     9. STOCK OPTION EXERCISE. The price at which shares of Stock may be
purchased upon exercise of a stock option shall be paid in full at the time of
the exercise, in cash or, if permitted by the Board or the Committee, by (a)
tendering Stock or surrendering such option or another Award, including
Restricted Stock, or an option or other award granted under another benefit plan
of the Company, in each case valued at, or on the basis of, Fair Market Value on
the date of exercise, (b) delivery of a promissory note issued by a Participant
to the Company in a form determined by the Board or the Committee, or (c) any
other means acceptable to the Board or the Committee. The Board or the Committee
shall determine acceptable methods for tendering Stock or surrendering options
or other Awards or grants and may impose such conditions on the use of Stock or
other Awards or grants to exercise a stock option as it deems appropriate. If
shares of Restricted Stock are tendered as consideration for the exercise of a
stock option, the Board or the Committee may require that the number of shares
issued upon exercise of the stock option equal to the number of shares of
Restricted Stock used as consideration therefor be subject to the same
restrictions as the Restricted Stock so tendered and any other restrictions as
may be imposed by the Board or the Committee. The Board or the Committee may
also permit Participants to exercise stock options and simultaneously sell some
or all of the shares of Stock so acquired pursuant to a brokerage or similar
arrangement which provides for the payment of the exercise price substantially
concurrently with the delivery of such shares.

     10. TAX WITHHOLDING. Unless otherwise expressly provided under the terms of
any Award Agreement, the Company shall have the right to deduct applicable taxes
from any Award payment or shares of Stock receivable under an Award and to
withhold an appropriate number of shares of Stock for payment of taxes required
by law or to take such other action as may be necessary in the opinion of the
Company to satisfy all tax withholding obligations. In addition, the Board or
the Committee may permit Participants to elect to (a) have the Company deduct
applicable taxes resulting from any Award payment to, or exercise of an Award
by, such Participant by withholding an appropriate number of shares of Stock for
payment of tax obligations or (b) tender to the Company for the purpose of
satisfying tax payment obligations other Stock held by the Participant. If the
Company withholds shares of Stock to satisfy tax payment obligations, the value
of such Stock in general shall be its Fair Market Value on the date of the Award
payment or the date of exercise of an Award, as the case may be. If a
Participant tenders shares of Stock pursuant to clause (b) above to satisfy tax
payment obligations, the value of such Stock shall be the Fair Market Value on
the date the Participant tenders such Stock to the Company.

     11. AMENDMENT, MODIFICATION, SUSPENSION OR TERMINATION OF THE PLAN. The
Board may amend, modify, suspend or terminate the Plan, or adopt subplans under
the Plan, (a) for the purpose of meeting or addressing any changes in any
applicable tax, securities or other laws, rules or regulations or (b) for any
other purpose permitted by law. Except as otherwise required by applicable law,
no amendment to this Plan or any subplan established hereunder will require
stockholder approval; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that the Plan may not be amended in a
manner that would alter, impair, amend, modify, suspend or terminate any rights
of a Participant or obligation of the Company under any Awards theretofore
granted, in any manner adverse to any such affected Participant, without the
consent of such affected Participant.

     12. TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT. Except as otherwise set forth in an
applicable Award Agreement or determined by the Board or the Committee, or as
otherwise provided in

                                       5
<PAGE>



paragraph (a) or (b) of this Section 12, if a Participant's employment or
association with the Company terminates, all unexercised, deferred and unpaid
Awards (or portions of Awards) shall be canceled immediately.

     (a) RETIREMENT, RESIGNATION OR OTHER TERMINATION. If a Participant's
employment or association with the Company terminates by reason of the
Participant's retirement or resignation, or for any other reason (other than
the Participant's death or disability), the Board or the Committee may, under
circumstances in which it deems an exception from the provisions of the first
sentence of this Section 12 to be appropriate to carry out the objectives of the
Plan and to be consistent with the best interests of the Company, permit Awards
to continue in effect and be exercisable or payable beyond the date of such
termination, up until the expiration date specified in the applicable Award
Agreement and otherwise in accordance with the terms of the applicable Award
Agreement, and may accelerate the exercisability or vesting of any Award, in
either case, in whole or in part.

     (b) DEATH OR DISABILITY.

          (i) In the event of a Participant's death, the Participant's estate or
     beneficiaries shall have a period, not extending beyond the expiration date
     specified in the applicable Award Agreement (except as otherwise provided
     in such Award Agreement), within which to exercise any outstanding Award
     held by the Participant, as may be specified in the Award Agreement or as
     may otherwise be determined by the Board or the Committee. All rights in
     respect of any such outstanding Awards shall pass in the following order:
     (A) to beneficiaries so designated in writing by the Participant; or if
     none, then (B) to the legal representative of the Participant; or if none,
     then (C) to the persons entitled thereto as determined by a court of
     competent jurisdiction. Awards so passing shall be exercised or paid at
     such times and in such manner as if the Participant were living, except as
     otherwise provided in the applicable Award Agreement or as determined by
     the Board or the Committee.

          (ii) If a Participant ceases to be employed by or associated with the
     Company because the Participant is deemed by the Company to be disabled,
     outstanding Awards held by the Participant may be paid to or exercised by
     the Participant, if legally competent, or by a committee or other legally
     designated guardian or representative if the Participant is legally
     incompetent, for a period, not extending beyond the expiration date
     specified in the applicable Award Agreement (except as otherwise provided
     in such Award Agreement), following the termination of his employment or
     association with the Company, as may be specified in the Award Agreement or
     as may otherwise be determined by the Board or the Committee.

          (iii) After the death or disability of a Participant, the Board or the
     Committee may at any time (A) terminate restrictions with respect to Awards
     held by the Participant, (B) accelerate the vesting or exercisability of
     any or all installments and rights of the Participant in respect of Awards
     held by the Participant and (C) instruct the Company to pay the total of
     any accelerated payments under the Awards in a lump sum to the Participant
     or to the Participant's estate, beneficiaries or representatives,
     notwithstanding that, in the absence of such termination of restrictions or
     acceleration of payments, any or all of the payments due under the Awards
     might ultimately have become payable to other beneficiaries.

          (iv) In the event of uncertainty as to the interpretation of, or
     controversies concerning, paragraph (b) of this Section 12, the Board's or
     the Committee's determinations shall be binding and conclusive on all
     Participants and any parties validly claiming through them.

                                        6

<PAGE>



     13. NONASSIGNABILITY.

     (a) Except as provided for in paragraphs (a) and (b) of Section 12 hereof
and paragraph (b) of this Section 13, and except as may otherwise be determined
by the Board or the Committee (subject to paragraph (a)(ii) of Section 5 hereof
and set forth in the applicable Award Agreement), no Award or any other benefit
under the Plan, or any right with respect thereto, shall be assignable or
transferable, or payable to or exercisable by, anyone other than the Participant
to whom it is granted.

     (b) If a Participant's employment or association with the Company
terminates in order for such Participant to assume a position with a
governmental, charitable or educational agency or institution, and the
Participant retains Awards pursuant to paragraph (a) of Section 12 hereof, the
Board or the Committee, in its discretion and to the extent permitted by law,
may authorize a third party (including, without limitation, the trustee of a
"blind" trust), acceptable to the applicable authorities, the Participant and
the Board or the Committee, to act on behalf of the Participant with respect to
such Awards.

     14. ADJUSTMENTS. In the event of any change in the outstanding Stock by
reason of a stock split, stock dividend, combination or reclassification of
shares, recapitalization, merger or similar event, the Board or the Committee
shall adjust proportionally (a) the number of shares of Stock (i) reserved under
the Plan, (ii) available for options or other Awards and available for issuance
pursuant to options, or upon which SARs may be based, for individual
Participants and (iii) covered by outstanding Awards denominated in Stock or
units of Stock; (b) the prices related to outstanding Awards; and (c) the
appropriate Fair Market Value and other price determinations for such Awards. In
the event of any other change affecting the Stock or any distribution (other
than normal cash dividends) to holders of Stock, such adjustments as may be
deemed equitable by the Board or the Committee, including adjustments to avoid
fractional shares, shall be made to give proper effect to such event. In the
event of a corporate merger, consolidation, acquisition of property or stock,
separation, reorganization or liquidation, the Board or the Committee shall be
authorized to issue or assume stock options or other awards, whether or not in a
transaction to which Section 424(a) of the Code applies, by means of
substitution of new stock options or Awards for previously issued options or
awards or an assumption of previously issued stock options or awards.

     15. NOTICE. Any written notice to the Company required by any of the
provisions of the Plan shall be addressed to the Board, c/o the Secretary of the
Company, and shall become effective when received by the Secretary.

     16. UNFUNDED PLAN. Insofar as the Plan provides for Awards of cash or
Stock, the Plan shall be unfunded unless and until the Board or the Committee
otherwise determines. Although bookkeeping accounts may be established with
respect to Participants who are entitled to cash, Stock or rights thereto under
the Plan, any such accounts shall be used merely as a bookkeeping convenience.
Unless the Board otherwise determines, (a) the Company shall not be required to
segregate any assets that may at any time be represented by cash, Stock or
rights thereto, nor shall the Plan be construed as providing for such
segregation, nor shall the Company, the Board or the Committee be deemed to be a
trustee of any cash, Stock or rights thereto to be granted under the Plan; (b)
any liability of the Company to any Participant with respect to a grant of cash,
Stock or rights thereto under the Plan shall be based solely upon any
contractual obligations that may be created by the Plan and an Award Agreement;
(c) no such obligation of the Company shall be deemed to be secured by any
pledge or other encumbrance on any property of the Company; and (d) neither the
Company, the Board nor the Committee shall be required to give any security or
bond for the performance of any obligation that may be created by or pursuant to
the Plan.

                                        7


<PAGE>


     17. PAYMENTS TO TRUST. Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 16 hereof,
the Board or the Committee may cause to be established one or more trust
agreements pursuant to which the Board or the Committee may make payments of
cash, or deposit shares of Stock, due or to become due under the Plan to
Participants.

     18. NO RIGHT TO EMPLOYMENT. Neither the adoption of the Plan nor the
granting of any Award shall confer on any Participant any right to continued
employment or association with the Company or in any way interfere with the
Company's right to terminate the employment or association of any Participant at
any time, with or without cause, and without liability therefor. Awards,
payments and other benefits received by a Participant under the Plan shall not
be deemed a part of the Participant's regular, recurring compensation for any
purpose, including, without limitation, for the purposes of any termination
indemnity or severance pay law of any jurisdiction.

     19. GOVERNING LAW. The Plan and all determinations made and actions taken
pursuant hereto, to the extent not otherwise governed by the Code or the
securities laws of the United States, shall be governed by and construed under
the Governing Law. No Award shall be made under the Plan which is other than in
conformity with the Governing Law and, in the event of a conflict between any
for of Award Agreement and any provision of the Governing Law, the Award
Agreement shall be deemed modified to the extent necessary to comply with the
Governing Law.

     20. EFFECTIVE AND TERMINATION DATES. This Plan, and any amendment hereof
requiring stockholder approval, shall become effective as of the date of its
approval by the stockholders of the Company by the affirmative vote of the
number of shares required by the Governing Law at a stockholders' meeting at
which the approval of the Plan (or any such amendment) is considered. The Plan
shall terminate on the tenth anniversary of the date of its adoption by the
Board, subject to earlier termination by the Board pursuant to Section 11
hereof, except as to Awards then outstanding.

                                        8


<PAGE>



<PAGE>


                                                                    Exhibit 10.7


AMENDED AND RESTATED OPTION AGREEMENT

between

GERRIT VAN URK

and

ALBERT VAN URK

and

GUY REDFORD

and

TECHNOR INTERNATIONAL INC.


<PAGE>


1       DEFINITIONS

        In this agreement, unless the context indicates otherwise, the words and
        expressions set out below shall have the meanings assigned to them and
        cognate expressions shall have a corresponding meaning, namely:

1.1     "the/this Agreement" means this option agreement;

1.2     "Business Day" means any day other than a Saturday, Sunday or public
        holiday in the RSA, within the meaning of the Public Holidays Act, 1994
        of the RSA;

1.3     "Option" means the option granted to Technor by the Shareholders in 3.1;

1.4     "Option Agreement" means the original option agreement entered into
        between the Shareholders and Technor on 26 May 1998;

1.5     "RSA" means the Republic of South Africa, being the nine provinces
        identified in section 103 of the Constitution of the Republic of South
        Africa, 1996;

1.6     "Shareholders" means Gerrit van Urk, Albert van Urk and Guy Redford;


<PAGE>


                                                                               2


1.7     "Shares" means all the ordinary par value shares of R1,00 in the issued
        share capital of Wasp;

1.8     "Share Sale Agreement" means the share sale agreement to be entered into
        between the Shareholders and Technor for the sale of the Shares to
        Technor by the Shareholders on the exercise of the Option by Technor, in
        SCHEDULE 1;

1.9     "Technor" means Technor International Inc., a corporation registered in
        Nevada, United States of America with an office at Satraangsvagen 88,
        S-18237 Danderyd, Sweden;

1.10    "Wasp" means Wasp International (Pty) Ltd, Reg No 93/00271/07, a private
        company with limited liability incorporated under the laws of the RSA.


2       PREAMBLE

        It is recorded for the purpose of elucidating the operative provisions
        of this Agreement, that it is being entered into in the following
        circumstances:


<PAGE>


                                                                               3


2.1     Technor wishes to obtain the right and option to acquire all the equity
        in Wasp in order to secure technologies which may be developed by Wasp
        from time to time;

2.2     the Shareholders have accordingly agreed to grant the right and option
        to Technor to acquire the Shares and Technor has agreed to acquire such
        right and option on the terms and conditions set out in this Agreement;

2.3     Technor and the Shareholders entered into the Option Agreement and have
        also agreed, in order to properly and fully achieve the objectives set
        out in 2.1 and 2.2, to amend and restate the Option Agreement on the
        terms and conditions set forth herein.


3       OPTION

3.1     The Shareholders hereby irrevocably grant to Technor the
        non-transferable and non-assignable right and option to acquire the
        Shares from them by delivering a notice of exercise of the option in
        accordance with 5 on or before 30 May 1999.

3.2     The purchase price due and payable by Technor to the Shareholders on
        exercise of the Option and execution of the Share Sale Agreement shall
        be US$450 000,00.

3.3     The parties record the stamp duty payable on the transfer of the Shares
        into Technor's name on the exercise of the Option and execution of the
        Share Sale Agreement shall be borne by Technor.

3.4     The parties agree that Technor shall be entitled to discharge any
        obligation it may have in terms of this Agreement, or to exercise any
        right it may have in terms of this Agreement by dealing only with Guy


<PAGE>


                                                                               4


        Redford, acting both in his personal capacity as a Shareholder and as
        agent for the remaining Shareholders. Any notices, legal processes and
        other communications served on Guy Redford at his address specified in
        9.1 shall accordingly constitute due and proper notice to all the
        Shareholders.


4       PERIOD OF THE OPTION

        The Option shall be exercisable by the giving of 14 days' written notice
        by Technor to Guy Redford at his chosen DOMICILIUM in terms of 9.1,
        which notice Technor shall be entitled to give at any time up to and
        including close of business on 30 May 1999.


5       EXERCISE OF THE OPTION

5.1     Should Technor elect to exercise the Option within the period referred
        to in 4, then it shall do so by signing the Share Sale Agreement.

5.2     If Guy Redford is presented with the Share Sale Agreement duly signed by
        Technor, each of the Shareholders shall be obliged to countersign such
        agreement within 1 Business Day of receipt of such agreement or failing
        such signature, Guy Redford shall be entitled to sign such agreement for
        and on behalf of any Shareholder who does not so sign the Share Sale
        Agreement.

5.3     If the Option is exercised then the sale of the Shares from the
        Shareholders to Technor shall result on the terms and conditions set
        forth in the Share Sale Agreement.


<PAGE>


                                                                               5


6       OPTION MONIES

        As option monies for the granting of the Option by the Shareholders to
        Technor in terms of this Agreement, the parties record that an amount of
        US$500, 000,00 was paid to the Shareholders on or about June 1998, and
        that such payment was divided amongst each of the Shareholders pro rata
        according to the number of Shares owned by that Shareholder.


7       UNDERTAKINGS

        The Shareholders undertake not to allot and issue any further Shares, or
        any securities, options, warrants or rights exercisable for or
        convertible into Shares, between the date of signature of this Agreement
        and the last date for exercise of the Option without the prior written
        consent of Technor.


8       CONFIDENTIALITY AND PUBLIC ANNOUNCEMENTS

        No party shall make any public announcement or statement about this
        Agreement or its contents without first having obtained the others'
        prior written consent (which may not be unreasonably withheld) to the
        announcement or statement and to its contents; except that Technor shall
        be entitled to make such announcements and public disclosures as may be
        required by the Federal Securities Laws of the United States of America.


9       DOMICILIUM CITANDI ET EXECUTANDI

9.1     Each party chooses the address set out opposite its name below as its
        DOMICILIUM CITANDI ET EXECUTANDI at which all notices, legal processes
        and other communications must be delivered for the purposes of this


<PAGE>


                                                                               6


        agreement:

9.1.1   Gerrit van Urk: Lower Ground Floor
                        Exide Place
                        1 Ernst Oppenheimer Drive
                        Bruma Lake
                        Johannesburg
                        2198
                        Gauteng
                        South Africa

                        Telefax Number :(+2711) 622-8973

9.1.2   Albert van Urk: Lower Ground Floor
                        Exide Place
                        1 Ernst Oppenheimer Drive
                        Bruma Lake
                        Johannesburg
                        2198
                        Gauteng
                        South Africa

                        Telefax Number :(+2711) 622-8973

9.1.3   Guy Redford:    Lower Ground Floor
                        Exide Place
                        1 Ernst Oppenheimer Drive
                        Bruma Lake
                        Johannesburg
                        2198
                        Gauteng
                        South Africa

                        Telefax Number :(+2711) 622-8973

<PAGE>


                                                                               7


9.1.4   Technor:        Satraangsvagen 88,
                        S-18237 Danderyd,
                        Sweden

                        Telefax Number : (+468) 544-90005

9.2     Any notice or communication required or permitted to be given in terms
        of this agreement shall be valid and effective only if in writing, but
        it shall be competent to give notice by telefax.

9.3     Any party may by written notice to the other parties change its chosen
        address to another physical address and/or its chosen telefax number to
        another telefax number, provided that the change shall become effective
        on the fourteenth day after the receipt of the notice by the addressee.

9.4     Any notice to a party contained in a correctly addressed envelope and -

9.4.1     sent by prepaid registered post to it at its chosen address; or

9.4.2     delivered by hand to a responsible person during ordinary business
          hours at its chosen address,

        shall be deemed to have been received, in the case of 9.4.1, on the
        seventh Business Day after posting (unless the contrary is proved) and,
        in the case of 9.4.2, on the day of delivery.

9.5     Any notice by telefax to a party at its telefax number shall be deemed,
        unless the contrary is proved, to have been received within 2 hours of


<PAGE>


                                                                               8


        transmission where it is transmitted during normal business hours or
        within 2 hours of the opening of business on the first Business Day
        after it is transmitted where it is transmitted outside those business
        hours.


10      GENERAL

10.1    This Agreement shall be governed by the law of the RSA in all respects.
        The parties hereby consent and submit to the non-exclusive jurisdiction
        of the Witwatersrand Local Division of the High Court of the RSA for and
        in connection with any action which may be instituted in connection with
        the terms and provisions of this Agreement.

10.2    This document contains the entire agreement between the parties as to
        the subject matter hereof.

10.3    No party shall have any claim or right of action arising from any
        undertaking, representation or warranty not included in this Agreement.

10.4    No failure by a party to enforce any provision of this Agreement shall
        constitute a waiver of such provision or affect in any way a party's
        right to require performance of any such provision at any time in the
        future, nor shall the waiver of any subsequent breach nullify the
        effectiveness of the provision itself.

10.5    No agreement to vary, add to or cancel this agreement shall be of any
        force or effect unless reduced to writing and signed on behalf of this
        parties to this Agreement.

10.6    No party may cede any of its rights or delegate any of its obligations
        under this Agreement without the prior written consent of the other
        parties to this Agreement.


<PAGE>


                                                                               9


10.7    Each party warrants that it is acting as a principal and not as an agent
        for an undisclosed principal.


<PAGE>


                                                                              10


SIGNED at Johannesburg    on May 13                                         1999

                                         /s/ GERRIT VAN URK
                                         ---------------------------------------
                                         GERRIT VAN URK


SIGNED at Bruma           on May 13                                         1999

                                         /s/ ALBERT VAN URK
                                         ---------------------------------------
                                         ALBERT VAN URK


SIGNED at Bruma           on May 13                                         1999

                                         /s/ GUY REDFORD
                                         ---------------------------------------
                                         GUY REDFORD


SIGNED at Johannesburg    on May 13                                         1999


                                          For:     TECHNOR INTERNATIONAL INC.

                                         /s/ Peter Henricsson
                                         ---------------------------------------
                                         Signatory:  Peter Henricsson
                                         Capacity:   Director
                                         Authority:  Board Resolution


<PAGE>


                                                                    Exhibit 10.8


SALE OF TECHNOLOGY AGREEMENT


between


NOVEL ELECTRONIC SYSTEMS & TECHNOLOGIES


and


TECHNOR INTERNATIONAL INC.

[CERTAIN PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT HAVE BEEN OMITTED BASED UPON A REQUEST FOR
CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT PURSUANT TO RULE 24b-2 UNDER THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE
ACT OF 1934. OMITTED PORTIONS: SCHEDULE 1. THE OMITTED PORTION HAS BEEN FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.]

<PAGE>


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


                                TABLE OF CONTENTS


- --------------------------------------------------------------------------
NO  CLAUSE                                                         PAGE NO
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------

<S> <C>                                                                 <C>
1   DEFINITIONS .......................................................  1
2   PREAMBLE ..........................................................  3
3   SALE OF THE WGT IN THE TERRITORY ..................................  3
4   CONSIDERATION, PAYMENT AND DELIVERY ...............................  3
5   UNDERTAKINGS BY THE ASSIGNOR ......................................  5
6   WARRANTIES ........................................................  6
7   INDEMNITIES AND EXEMPTIONS ........................................  8
8   DELIVERY OF DOCUMENTS .............................................  9
9   IMPROVEMENTS IN THE WGT ...........................................  9
10  COSTS ............................................................. 10
11  BREACH ............................................................ 11
12  DOMICILIUM AND NOTICES ............................................ 11
13  GOVERNING LAW AND JURISDICTION .................................... 13
14  GENERAL ........................................................... 13
15  COUNTERPARTS ...................................................... 14
16  INTERPRETATION .................................................... 14


SCHEDULE

SCHEDULE:  1                                                       THE WGT


</TABLE>


<PAGE>


                                                                          Page 1


1    DEFINITIONS

     For the purposes of this agreement, unless the context indicates otherwise-

1.1     "Agreement" means this Agreement and the schedule hereto;

1.2     "Assignor" means Novel Electronic Systems & Technologies, an
        international company duly organised and registered in Mauritius;

1.3     "Assignee" means Technor International Inc., a corporation registered in
        Nevada, United States of America with an address at Satraangsvagen 88,
        S-18237 Danderyd, Sweden;

1.4     "ETSI" means the European Telecommunications Standards Institute;

1.5     "GSM" means the Global System for Mobile communication as defined in the
        ETSI standards;

1.6     "RSA" means the Republic of South Africa, being the nine provinces
        identified in section 103 of the Constitution of the Republic of South
        Africa, 1996;

1.7     "Shares" means shares of common stock of the Assignee, having a par
        value US$0.001 per share;


<PAGE>


                                                                          Page 2


1.8     "Signature Date" means the date of last signature hereto;

1.9     "Territory" means the world, excluding all those countries or
        territories on the African continent whose sovereign territory or any
        part thereof lies south of the Sahara Desert;

1.10    "WGT" means all the GSM technologies or products owned by the Assignor
        as at the Signature Date, including but not being limited to vehicle
        tracking systems, terminal units, communication processes (including
        computer operated programs), policy and procedures; technical
        information, know-how, whether or not patented or patentable, including,
        without limitation, specifications, marketing studies, physical
        performance and other operational information or data relating to any
        part of or improvement of any system developed and made available for
        commercial exploitation by the Assignor, more fully described in
        SCHEDULE 1;

1.11    "US$" means United States Dollars, the lawful currency of the United
        States of America.


<PAGE>


                                                                          Page 3


2    PREAMBLE

     The parties record that--

2.1     the Assignor is the owner of all rights, title and interest in and to
        the WGT and priority flowing therefrom in the Territory;

2.2     the Assignee has approached the Assignor to acquire all of its rights,
        title and interest in and to the WGT and priority flowing therefrom in
        the Territory;

2.3     the Assignor has agreed to assign and cede to the Assignee all of its
        rights, title interest in and to the WGT and priority flowing therefrom
        in the Territory,

      and the parties are entering into this Agreement to give effect thereto.


3    SALE OF THE WGT IN THE TERRITORY

     The Assignor hereby sells, with effect from the Signature Date, all of its
     rights, title and interest in and to the WGT and priority flowing therefrom
     in the Territory to the Assignee, who purchases it, for the consideration
     and on the terms and conditions set out in this Agreement.


4    CONSIDERATION, PAYMENT AND DELIVERY

4.1     In consideration for the sale referred to in 3 the Assignee shall pay to
        the Assignor the aggregate of the following component items :

4.1.1   US$50,000,00; and


<PAGE>


                                                                          Page 4


4.1.2   2 450 000 shares of common stock of the Assignee, par value US$ 0.001
        per share ("the Consideration Shares"), allotted and issued fully
        paid-up.

4.2     The US$ amount in 4.1.1 shall be payable by way of bank transfer by the
        Assignee to the Assignor at BNPI Port Louis, Mauritius, account number
        400 89 001 28 within 10 days of the Signature Date.

4.3     The parties record that as at the Signature Date 1 950 000 of the
        Consideration Shares have already been allotted and issued to the
        Assignor or its nominee. Subject to 4.4, the balance of the
        Consideration Shares shall be allotted and issued, fully paid up, by the
        Assignee to the Assignor (or its nominee, provided that the Assignee is
        notified of the nominee's identity in writing prior to such allotment
        and issue) on or before 15 June 1999.

4.4     Should:

4.4.1   the average price of the Consideration Shares (as quoted at the closing
        of the Nasdaq OTC Bulletin Board or Small Cap Market, as the case may
        be, for the 20 consecutive trading days immediately preceding and
        including 30 September 1999) be less than US$ 16,00 per Share, then the
        Assignee shall allot and issue to the Assignor a further 75 000 Shares,
        fully paid up;

4.4.2   the aggregate market value of the Shares issued pursuant to 4.4.1 be
        less than US$ 750 000,00 on 31 December 1999, the Assignee shall
        forthwith pay to the Assignor an amount equal to the difference between
        such aggregate market value and US$ 750 000,00 at BNPI Port Louis,
        Mauritius, account number 400 89 001 28.

4.5     All issue duty, stamp duty and the like payable in respect of the issue
        and/or transfer of the Consideration Shares or the Shares


<PAGE>


                                                                          Page 5


        issued or allotted pursuant to 4.4.1 shall be borne and paid for by the
        Assignee.

4.6     Payment of the purchase price pursuant to 4.1.1 and the allotment and
        issue of the Consideration Shares (or Shares, as the case may be)
        pursuant to 4.1.2 or 4.4.1, as the case may be, shall constitute due and
        proper discharge by the Assignee to the Assignor of all its payment
        obligations in terms of this clause 4.

4.7     To the extent that the Assignee is not already in possession thereof,
        the Assignor shall within 10 days from the Signature Date, deliver to
        the Assignee all the documents in its possession recording or embodying
        the WGT and which, according to the Assignor's experience, will enable
        qualified technicians to follow and give effect to them.


5    UNDERTAKINGS BY THE ASSIGNOR

5.1     The Assignor hereby undertakes to sign all documents and to do whatever
        may be required to effect registration of transfer of the WGT in the
        Territory to the Assignee.

5.2     The Assignor hereby appoints the Assignee, irrevocably and IN REM SUAM,
        as its lawful and duly authorised agent, with powers of substitution and
        delegation to do all or any of the acts and to sign all or any of the
        documents that may be required to give effect to the provisions of 5.1.


<PAGE>


                                                                          Page 6


5.3     The Assignor shall not:

5.3.1   dispute the novelty of the WGT in the Territory, nor the validity of the
        WGT in the Territory and it will furthermore not assist anyone else to
        do so;

5.3.2   sell or transfer any technology relating to the WGT to any third party.


6    WARRANTIES

6.1     Subject to 6.2, the Assignor warrants to the Assignee that--

6.1.1   this Agreement has been duly authorised by the Assignor and constitutes
        the valid and legally binding obligation of the Assignor;

6.1.2   the WGT includes all know-how to the technology embodied therein and to
        the best of the Assignor's knowledge and belief, the WGT includes all
        know-how to the technology embodied therein and is capable of being used
        or applied in trade and industry in the Territory;

6.1.3   the Assignor is the owner of all rights, title and interest in and to
        the WGT and priority flowing therefrom in the Territory;

6.1.4   to the best of the Assignor's knowledge and belief, the WGT does not
        infringe the legitimate rights, proprietary or otherwise, of any other
        person;

6.1.5   the Assignor has not sold, transferred, encumbered or otherwise
        alienated the WGT or any part thereof and/or any rights therein or
        flowing therefrom in the Territory, nor has the Assignor granted any
        third party the right to acquire, either by way of option or right


<PAGE>


                                                                          Page 7


        of pre-emption, any rights, title or interest in or to the WGT and/or
        any rights whatsoever therein or flowing therefrom in the Territory;

6.1.6   the Assignor has not granted any person any other right of any nature
        whatsoever in or to the WGT and/or any rights therein or flowing
        therefrom in the Territory, including without limitation any license or
        any other right of use or exploitation thereof;

6.1.7   no person has any right of any nature whatsoever in or to the WGT and/or
        any rights therein or flowing therefrom in the Territory, including
        without limitation any license or any other right of use or exploitation
        thereof;

6.2     The Assignor hereby cedes all of its rights under the agreement pursuant
        to which the Assignor acquired the WGT in the Territory, , and the
        Assignor hereby consents to the Assignee enforcing any such rights
        directly against the original owner of the WGT in the event that this be
        desirable or become necessary. Save as set out in this clause 6, and
        notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, the Assignor
        gives no other warranties and makes no other representations relating to
        or connected in any way to the WGT, it being specifically agreed that
        the Assignee's sole remedy in the event of it having any claim in terms
        of this Agreement (for breach of warranty or otherwise) shall lie only
        against the original owner of the WGT and not against the Assignor.


<PAGE>


                                                                          Page 8


6.3     Each warranty referred to in 6.1--

6.3.1   is a separate warranty and is in no way limited or restricted by the
        terms of any other warranty;

6.3.2   continues and remains in force notwithstanding the completion of the
        sale and assignment contemplated in this Agreement;

6.3.3   is deemed to be a material representation inducing the Assignee to enter
        into this Agreement.


7    INDEMNITIES AND EXEMPTIONS

     The Assignor hereby indemnifies the Assignee and its affiliates and hold
     them harmless from all claims, demands, actions or proceedings for sums of
     money, damages, costs, penalties and losses arising out of or, in any way,
     connected with the infringement or alleged infringement of the WGT of any
     other intellectual property rights of any third party in the RSA. It is
     expressly agreed that this obligation to indemnify the Assignee shall
     survive the termination or expiration of this Agreement and shall include
     all reasonable expenses incurred by the Assignee in respect of the claims,
     including reasonable legal fees.


8    DELIVERY OF DOCUMENTS

     The Assignor shall, if requested to do so in writing by the Assignee,
     within 14 days of such request deliver to the Assignee all books, notes,
     notebooks, diaries, instructions manuals, papers, graphs, drawings,
     records, formulations, computer diskettes, tests and all other material and
     information containing, revealing, summarising, commenting on or referring
     to the WGT or any part thereof, together with all copies thereof in its
     possession and shall not retain the same or any part thereof in any form,
     except as the Assignee may otherwise agree to in writing.


<PAGE>


                                                                          Page 9


9    IMPROVEMENTS IN THE WGT

9.1     For the sake of clarity, the parties record that the Assignor has no
        rights regarding the WGT in all those countries or territories on the
        African continent whose sovereign territory or any part thereof lies
        South of the Sahara Desert.

9.2     Should the Assignor or the Assignee, or any employee of the Assignor or
        the Assignee or anyone else under the Assignor's or the Assignee's
        control or working in association with the Assignor or the Assignee, as
        the case may be ("the Discovering Party"), make or discover any
        improvement relating to the WGT and capable of commercial exploitation:

9.2.1   the Discovering Party shall be obliged to notify the other party ("the
        Receiving Party") thereof as soon as is reasonably possible under the
        circumstances and to make the relevant know-how, technology and related
        intellectual property ("the New Intellectual Property") available for
        exploitation on a perpetual licence basis to the Receiving Party free of
        any royalty, charge or fee of whatsoever nature, provided that the
        Receiving Party:

9.2.1.1    should such party be the Assignor, shall not be entitled to exploit
           the New Intellectual Property in any countries in the Territory;

9.2.1.2    should such party be the Assignee, shall only be entitled to exploit
           the New Intellectual Property in the Territory; and

9.2.2   if the improvement in question is an invention capable of being
        registered as a patent, then:


<PAGE>


                                                                         Page 10


9.2.2.1    the Discovering Party shall have the right to apply at its cost for
           letters patent therefor in the RSA, the Territory and in all other
           countries of the world;

9.2.2.2    any letters patent is sued in respect of the invention shall be and
           remain the Discovering Party's sole property, subject always to the
           Receiving Party's right of use and exploitation in terms of 9.2.1.


10   COSTS

10.1    The Assignee shall be responsible for all costs of any nature whatsoever
        which may be incurred in the transfer of the WGT or any part thereof in
        the Territory into the name of the Assignee..

10.2    Each party shall bear its own costs of and incidental to the
        negotiating, preparing and drawing of this Agreement.


11   BREACH

11.1    Should the Assignee commit a breach of this Agreement and fail to remedy
        that breach within 7 days after receipt from the Assignor of written
        notice calling upon it so to do, then the Assignor shall be entitled, in
        addition to and without prejudice to any right it may have as a result
        of that breach, either to--

11.1.1  enforce the performance of the terms hereof; or

11.1.2  if the breach is material breach, cancel this Agreement and recover such
        damages as it may have sustained.


<PAGE>


                                                                         Page 11


11.2    Should the Assignor commit a breach of this Agreement and fail to remedy
        that breach within 7 days after receipt from the Assignee of written
        notice calling upon it so to do, or should the Assignor commit a
        material breach of this Agreement, then the Assignee shall not be
        entitled to cancel this Agreement or to claim damages from the Assignor,
        but shall only be entitled to enforce the performance of the terms
        hereof or to claim damages from the original owner of the WGT.

11.3    The parties' remedies under this clause 11 are exhaustive, and neither
        party shall be entitled to any remedy other than those to which they are
        entitled in terms of this clause 11.


12   DOMICILIUM AND NOTICES

12.1    Each party chooses the address set out below as the address at which all
        notices and other communications must be delivered for the purposes of
        this Agreement--

12.1.1  the Assignor:  5 Duke of Edinburgh Ave
                       Port Louis
                       Mauritius

                       Telefax: 230 212 4448

12.1.2  the Assignee:  Satraangsvagen 88,S-18237
                       Danderyd
                       Sweden

                       Telefax :(+468) 544-90005.

12.2    Any notice or communication required or permitted to be given in terms
        of this Agreement shall be valid and effective only if in writing but it
        shall be competent to give notice by telefax.


<PAGE>


                                                                         Page 12


12.3    Any notice to a party contained in a correctly addressed envelope and--

12.3.1  sent by prepaid registered post to it at its chosen address; or

12.3.2  delivered by hand to a responsible person during ordinary business hours
        at its chosen address,

        shall be deemed to have been received, in the case of 12.3.1, on the
        14th business day after posting (unless the contrary is proved) and, in
        the case of 12.3.2, on the day of delivery.

12.4    Any notice sent by telefax to a party at its telefax number shall be
        deemed (unless the contrary is proved) to have been received -

12.4.1  if it is transmitted during normal business hours, within 2 hours of
        transmission;

12.4.2  if it is transmitted outside normal business hours, within 2 hours of
        the commencement of normal business hours on the first business day
        after it is transmitted.

12.5    Each party chooses the physical address set out opposite its name in
        12.1 as the address at which legal process must be delivered for the
        purpose of this Agreement.

12.6    The parties shall be entitled at any time to change their addresses for
        the purposes of this clause 12 to any other address in the RSA by giving
        written notice to that effect to the other.


13   GOVERNING LAW AND JURISDICTION


<PAGE>


                                                                         Page 13


13.1    The validity of this Agreement, its interpretation, the respective
        rights and obligations of the parties and all other matters arising in
        any way out of this undertaking or its performance shall be determined
        in accordance with the laws of the RSA.

13.2    The parties hereby consent and submit to the jurisdiction of the
        Witwatersrand Local Division of the High Court of the RSA for the
        purposes of all or any legal proceedings arising from or concerning this
        Agreement


14   GENERAL

14.1    No alteration or variation to, or consensual cancellation of, this
        Agreement shall be of any force or effect unless it is recorded in
        writing and signed by all the parties to this Agreement. Any latitude or
        extension of time which may be allowed by any party shall not under any
        circumstances whatsoever act as an estoppel or be a waiver of that
        party's rights hereunder.

14.2    The parties to this Agreement undertake to treat all matters relating to
        this Agreement and the schedule hereto as being confidential and,
        therefore, shall not, without the written approval of the other,
        disclose the provisions hereof to any third party.

14.3    This Agreement constitutes the entire contract between the parties and
        no other conditions, warranties, guarantees and representations shall be
        of any force or effect other than those which are included herein.

14.4    All the transactions and arrangements contemplated in this Agreement
        constitute one indivisible transaction.


15   COUNTERPARTS


<PAGE>


                                                                         Page 14


        This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts which when
        so executed will be deemed to be an original and all of which when taken
        together will constitute one and the same instrument. One or more
        counterparts of this Agreement may be delivered via telefax with the
        intention that it will have the same effect as the delivery of an
        original counterpart hereof.


16   INTERPRETATION

16.1    In this Agreement, unless the context requires otherwise -

16.1.1  words importing any one gender shall include the other two genders;

16.1.2  the singular shall include the plural and vice versa;

16.1.3  a reference to natural persons shall include created entities (corporate
        and unincorporate) and VICE VERSA.

16.1.4  the headings in this Agreement have been inserted for convenience only
        and shall not be used for nor assist or affect its interpretation.


<PAGE>


                                                                         Page 15


SIGNED at Port Louis         on the May 10                         1999


                                     For: NOVEL ELECTRONIC SYSTEMS &
                                          TECHNOLOGIES

                                          /s/ M. Cheung
                                          -----------------------------
                                          Signatory:
                                          Capacity: Director
                                          Authority:


SIGNED at Johannesburg       on the May 13                         1999


                                      For: TECHNOR INTERNATIONAL INC.

                                           /s/ Peter Henricsson
                                           -----------------------------
                                           Signatory:  Peter Henricsson
                                           Capacity:   Director
                                           Authority:  Board Resolution


<PAGE>


                                                                         Page 16


                                                                      SCHEDULE 1


THE WGT

[OMITTED BASED UPON A REQUEST FOR CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT PURSUANT TO RULE 24B-2
UNDER THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934. THE OMITTED PORTION HAS BEEN FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.]


<PAGE>


                                                                    EXHIBIT 10.9

                                                                      SCHEDULE 1

SHARE SALE AGREEMENT


between


GERRIT VAN URK


and


ALBERT VAN URK


and


GUY REDFORD


and


TECHNOR INTERNATIONAL INC


<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                              TABLE OF CONTENTS
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
NO       CLAUSE                                                                                             PAGE NO
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>      <C>                                                                                                     <C>
1        DEFINITIONS..............................................................................................1
2        PREAMBLE.................................................................................................4
3        SUSPENSIVE CONDITIONS....................................................................................4
4        SALE.....................................................................................................6
5        PURCHASE PRICE AND PAYMENT ..............................................................................6
6        COMPLETION...............................................................................................7
7        RISK AND BENEFIT.........................................................................................8
8        WARRANTIES...............................................................................................9
9        SHAREHOLDERS AGREEMENT..................................................................................11
10       INDEMNITIES.............................................................................................12
11       BREACH..................................................................................................13
12       ANNOUNCEMENTS...........................................................................................14
13       NON-VARIATION...........................................................................................14
14       ARBITRATION.............................................................................................15
15       GENERAL.................................................................................................16
16       INTERPRETATION..........................................................................................16
17       DOMICILIUM AND NOTICES..................................................................................18
18       GOOD FAITH..............................................................................................19
19       GOVERNING LAW AND JURISDICTION..........................................................................19
20       COSTS...................................................................................................20
21       COUNTERPARTS............................................................................................20

SCHEDULES

SCHEDULE 1           : EFFECTIVE DATE ACCOUNTS
SCHEDULE 2           : SELLERS' WARRANTIES
SCHEDULE 3           : DISCLOSURE SCHEDULE
</TABLE>


<PAGE>


                                                                          Page 1

1    DEFINITIONS

     For the purposes of this Agreement unless the context indicates otherwise -

1.1     "Agreement" means this share sale agreement and the schedules hereto,
        both as may be amended from time to time;

1.2     "Albert" means Albert Van Urk;

1.3     "Business Day" means any day other than a Saturday, Sunday or public
        holiday in the RSA, within the meaning of the Public Holidays Act, 1994
        of the RSA;

1.4     "Business Sale Agreement" means the business sale agreement to be
        concluded between the Company and Wasp SA (Proprietary) Limited for the
        sale as a going concern of the Company's business to Wasp SA
        (Proprietary) Limited;

1.5     "Company" means Wasp International (Proprietary) Limited, Registration
        Number 93/00271/07, a private company with limited liability
        incorporated under the laws of the RSA;

1.6     "Completion Date" means the second Business Day after the suspensive
        conditions referred to in 3.1 have been fulfilled;


<PAGE>


                                                                          Page 2

1.7     "Disclosure Schedule" means the disclosure schedule, in SCHEDULE 3;

1.8     "Effective Date" means 1 March 1999;

1.9     "Effective Date Accounts" means the unaudited balance sheet of the
        Company as at 28 February 1999 , in SCHEDULE 1;

1.10    "Gerrit" means Gerrit Van Urk;

1.11    "Guy" means Guy Redford;

1.12    "Option Agreement" means the original option agreement entered into
        between the Sellers and the Purchaser on 26 May 1998 and as amended and
        restated as at 13 May 1999;

1.13    "Purchaser" means Technor International Inc., a corporation registered
        in Nevada, United States of America with an address at Satraangsvagen
        88, S- 18237 Danderyd, Sweden;

1.14    "RSA" means the Republic of South Africa, including the nine provinces
        identified in section 103 of the Constitution of the Republic of South
        Africa, 1996;


<PAGE>


                                                                          Page 3

1.15    "Sale Shares" means 100 ordinary par value shares of R 1,00 each in the
        issued share capital of the Company, being 100% of the entire issued
        share capital at the Effective Date -

1.15.1     33 of which are held by Gerrit;

1.15.2     33 of which are held by Albert; and

1.15.3     34 of which are held by Guy;

1.16    "Sellers" means Gerrit, Albert and Guy collectively;

1.17    "Signature Date" means the date upon which all the parties to this
        Agreement have signed this Agreement or in the event of their having
        signed this Agreement on different dates, the date of the last signature

1.18    "Wasp Shareholders' Agreement" means the shareholders' agreement entered
        into between the Sellers and Michael Carroll on 6 August 1997 governing
        their relationship as shareholders in the Company;

1.19    "ZAR" means South African Rand, the lawful currency of the RSA.


<PAGE>


                                                                          Page 4

2    PREAMBLE

     The parties record that -

2.1     the Company is involved in the communications and technology industry,
        focussing primarily on the development of proprietary GSM technologies,
        and has become a leading South African company in this area;

2.2     the Company, in order to properly exploit the technologies that it has
        developed and the intellectual property rights that it owns, intends to
        restructure its business affairs;

2.3     one of the steps in the restructure referred to in 2.2 involves the
        Sellers selling all of their shares in the issued share capital of the
        Company to the Purchaser upon the Purchaser exercising the option set
        forth in the Option Agreement;

        and the parties have accordingly agreed to provide, in this Agreement,
        for the basis upon which the Purchaser will acquire from the Sellers
        the Sale Shares and are entering into this Agreement to give effect
        thereto.

3    SUSPENSIVE CONDITIONS

3.1     This Agreement is subject to and conditional upon the fulfilment of the
        following suspensive conditions on or before the Business Day
        immediately following the Signature Date or such later date as the
        parties may agree upon in writing, namely:

3.1.1   the approval of the board of directors of the Purchaser;

3.1.2   that the Business Sale Agreement be signed by the parties thereto and
        becomes unconditional in accordance with its terms;


<PAGE>


                                                                          Page 5

3.1.3   the approval of the board of directors of the Company of the
        registration of the transfer of the Sale Shares to the Purchaser should
        this Agreement become unconditional in accordance with its terms;

3.1.4   that the Sellers procure that Nedbank Limited, in its capacity as an
        authorised dealer on behalf of the RSA Reserve Bank, provide the
        Purchaser with a certificate stating that all consents and permissions
        that may be required from the RSA Reserve Bank for the validity of this
        Agreement and the transfer of the Sale Shares to the Purchaser in terms
        of this Agreement have been obtained by the Sellers;

3.1.5   that the Sellers procure that the Company's attorneys provide the
        Purchaser with a legal opinion that to the best of their knowledge and
        belief there are no other consents that may be required from the RSA
        government for the validity of this Agreement and the transfer of the
        Sale Shares to the Purchaser in terms of this Agreement.

3.2     The Sellers shall use their best endeavours to procure fulfilment of the
        suspensive conditions in 3.1.2, 3.1.3, 3.1.4 and 3.1.5. The Purchaser
        shall use its best endeavours to procure fulfilment of the suspensive
        conditions in 3.1.1.

3.3     The suspensive condition(s) in:

3.3.1   3.1.1 and 3.1.3 have been stipulated for the benefit of the Purchaser.
        The suspensive condition in 3.1.1 is not capable of being waived by the
        Purchaser, and the suspensive condition in 3.1.3 is capable of being
        waived by the Purchaser by giving written notice to that effect to the
        Sellers;


<PAGE>


                                                                          Page 6

3.3.2   3.1.2 has been stipulated for the benefit of the Sellers and is capable
        of being waived by the Sellers giving written notice to that effect to
        the Purchaser;

3.3.3   3.1.4 and 3.1.5 has been stipulated for the joint benefit of the
        Purchaser and of the Sellers and is not capable of being waived by
        either the Purchaser or the Sellers.

3.4     If any of the suspensive conditions in 3.1 remains unfulfilled or where
        applicable has not been waived in writing by the party for the benefit
        of which such suspensive condition has been stipulated, by 30 May 1999
        or such later date as the parties may agree upon in writing, this
        Agreement shall not come into force or effect. In such event no party
        shall have any claim against any other party by virtue of the provisions
        of this Agreement.

4    SALE

     The Sellers hereby sell to the Purchaser, which hereby purchases from the
     Sellers, the Sale Shares with effect from the Effective Date at the price
     and on the terms and conditions set out in this Agreement.

5    PURCHASE PRICE AND PAYMENT

5.1     The total purchase price payable by the Purchaser to the Sellers for the
        Sale Shares shall be US$ 450 000,00

5.2     The purchase price in 5.1 shall be paid in by the Purchaser to Guy,
        acting both in his personal capacity and as agent for the other Sellers,
        by telegraphic transfer at Nedbank Limited, Commercial Central Branch,
        account number 1284 011 623 on the Completion Date. By executing this
        Agreement Albert and Gerrit hereby


<PAGE>


                                                                          Page 7

        acknowledge and agree that Guy is authorised and has the power of
        attorney to so act on their behalf.

5.3     Payment of the purchase price pursuant to 5.1 shall constitute due and
        proper discharge by the Purchaser to the Sellers of all its obligations
        in terms of this clause 5 and the Purchaser shall not be obliged to take
        cognizance of any internal arrangements between the Sellers.

6    COMPLETION

     On the Completion Date representatives of the parties shall meet at the
     Company's business premises and -

6.1     the Sellers shall deliver the following documents to the Purchaser -

6.1.1   share certificates in respect of the Sale Shares;

6.1.1.1    share transfer forms in respect of the Sale Shares duly signed by the
           Sellers as transferors and reflecting the Purchaser or its nominee as
           transferee, provided the Purchaser shall have notified the Sellers of
           the identity of the nominee prior to the Completion Date;

6.1.1.2    a duly passed resolution of the Company appointing the Purchaser's
           nominees to the board of directors of the Company;

6.1.2   a resolution by the board of directors of the Company authorising
        registration of transfer of the Sale Shares from the Sellers into the
        name of the Purchaser or its nominee;


<PAGE>


                                                                          Page 8

6.1.3   a letter of resignation signed by each of the directors of the board of
        directors of the Company resigning from that board, together with a duly
        passed resolution of the board of directors of the Company in terms of
        which each of the Company's directors as at the Signature Date resigns
        from the board of directors of the Company;

6.1.4   a certificate signed by each of the Sellers that all the covenants,
        warranties and representations given by them in this Agreement, or in
        SCHEDULE 2 as at the Effective Date and where appropriate the Completion
        Date, are both true and correct.


7    RISK AND BENEFIT

     The risk in and benefit of the Sale Shares shall be deemed to have passed
     from the Sellers to the Purchaser on the Effective Date, notwithstanding
     the Signature Date and the Completion Date.

8    WARRANTIES

8.1     Each of the Sellers, jointly and severally, gives to the Purchaser all
        the warranties in SCHEDULE 2 in respect of the Company and warrant,
        jointly and severally to the Purchaser that -

8.1.1   he is the registered and beneficial owner of the number of Sale Shares
        set out opposite his name in 1.15 and that he is entitled and able to
        give transfer thereof to the Purchaser free of any liens, charges or
        other encumbrances of any nature whatsoever;

8.1.2   there are no other issued shares in the share capital of the Company;


<PAGE>


                                                                          Page 9

8.1.3   he has not granted any options or rights to acquire the Sale Shares to
        any third party;

8.1.4   neither he nor the Company have issued any warrants, convertible
        securities or other any other rights giving any third party the right to
        acquire any securities in the Company;

8.1.5   to the best of his knowledge and belief, the Company has sold all
        technology and intellectual property rights developed by it (or the
        Sellers) in the ordinary and regular course of the Company's business in
        respect of all those countries having all or part of their territories
        south of the Sahara Desert, to Wasp SA (Proprietary) Limited in terms of
        the Business Sale Agreement;

8.1.6   the Effective Date Accounts :

8.1.6.1    fairly reflect the state of affairs, business and profits of the
           Company as at the Effective Date;

8.1.6.2    have been drawn up in accordance with generally accepted accounting
           practice in the RSA,

8.1.6.3    except to the extent stated therein, have been drawn up on the basis
           of accounting policies consistent with prior years, and in accordance
           with the provisions of the Companies Act, 1973 and all other
           applicable laws;


<PAGE>


                                                                         Page 10

8.1.6.4    fully disclose all liabilities of the Company, whether direct or
           indirect, actual or contingent, insofar as these liabilities are
           required to be disclosed by generally accepted accounting practice in
           the RSA.

8.2     Subject to 8.1, 8.3 and the provisions of SCHEDULE 2, the Sellers do not
        give the Purchaser any warranties nor do they make any representations
        express or implied in relation to the Sale Shares or in respect of the
        Company or its business.

8.3     The Purchaser has entered into this Agreement on the strength of the
        warranties given by the Sellers herein and in SCHEDULE 2 and on the
        basis that such warranties will be correct as at the Signature Date, the
        Effective Date and on the Completion Date, unless the warranty, the
        context or Disclosure Schedule clearly indicates otherwise.

8.4     Each warranty shall be a separate and severable warranty, and shall in
        no way be limited to or restricted by reference to or inference from the
        terms of any other warranty, or by any words in this Agreement.

8.5     The warranties given by the Sellers to the Purchaser pursuant to 8.1,
        are given on the basis that:

8.5.1   no claim arising from any breach of any warranty may be brought after
        expiry of a period of 3 years calculated from the Completion Date;

8.5.2   the Sellers shall not be liable under any circumstances to the Purchaser
        for any consequential loss or damage or loss of profit whether in
        contract or in delict, arising from any breach of any

<PAGE>


                                                                         Page 11

        warranty and any and all such liability is hereby expressly excluded.

8.6     For the purpose of determining whether any of the warranties have been
        breached and, if so, for the purpose of determining the remedy arising
        from such breach, the warranties referred to in this clause 8 and in
        SCHEDULE 2 shall be deemed to have been qualified to the extent of any
        disclosures contained in this Agreement or in the Disclosure Schedule.


9    SHAREHOLDERS AGREEMENT AND CHANGE OF NAME

9.1     The Sellers hereby consent to the sale of the Sale Shares to the
        Purchaser in terms of this Agreement and waive any pre-emptive rights
        which any of them may have in respect of the Sale Shares pursuant to the
        provisions of the Wasp Shareholders' Agreement.

9.2     The Sellers, by executing this Agreement, hereby acknowledge and agree
        that the Wasp Shareholders' Agreement has been terminated with effect
        from the Signature Date without further liability to the Company.

9.3     The Purchaser hereby undertakes as soon as is reasonably possible after
        the Completion Date, to procure that the Company change its name to
        "CellPoint Systems SA (Proprietary) Limited" or such other name as may
        be agreed to by the parties in writing, provided that any name change
        shall always be subject to the approval of the Registrar of Companies.

10   INDEMNITIES


<PAGE>


                                                                         Page 12

10.1    The Sellers, jointly and severally, hereby indemnify and hold the
        Purchaser harmless against any liability incurred prior to the Effective
        Date:

10.1.1  in respect of the Company's business,

10.1.2  in respect of any breach of any of the Sellers' representations or
        warranties set forth in this Agreement (including SCHEDULE 2 insofar as
        such warranties relate to the Company's business, the Company's assets,
        the Company's employees, the contracts of the Company and the tax
        affairs of the Company);

10.1.3  against any demand, claim, action or other legal proceedings, made or
        instituted against the Purchaser in respect of any such liabilities, and
        against all costs (including attorney's fees) incurred by the Purchaser
        or awarded against it in respect of any such demand, claim, action or
        other legal proceedings provided that such liability has not been
        disclosed in the Effective Date Accounts or in the Disclosure Schedule,

        provided that the liability of the Sellers jointly in terms of 10.1.1
        and 10.1.2 shall in no circumstances exceed the sum of ZAR 350 000,00,
        and provided further that any such liability shall only endure for a
        period of 3 years from the Completion Date.

10.2    Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, and in
        particular the provisions of 10.1.3, the parties agree that the
        warranties given by each of the Sellers in 8.1.1, 8.1.2, 8.1.3, 8.1.4,
        8.1.5 and 8.1.6.4 shall not be limited to any extent whatsoever.

10.3    Any party relying on any claim pursuant to 10.1 ("the indemnified
        party") shall notify the other party ("the indemnifying party") in
        writing of any indemnified claim within 7 days after the indemnified


<PAGE>


                                                                         Page 13

        party first becomes aware thereof, to enable the indemnifying party to
        take steps to contest it; provided that the aforegoing shall not release
        the indemnified party from its obligation to diligently contest any such
        indemnified claim and provided further that the indemnified party shall
        not be entitled to settle or compromise any claim brought against it
        without the indemnifying party's prior written consent. All reasonable
        legal costs incurred by the indemnified party in so contesting any such
        claim shall be for the indemnifying party's account.


11   BREACH

11.1    The Sellers shall be entitled to cancel this Agreement summarily by
        giving written notice to that effect to the Purchaser if the Purchaser
        fails to pay on due date any amount which becomes due and payable and
        remains in default for 14 days after receiving written notice from the
        Sellers to remedy the default.

11.2    Should the Sellers commit any breach of this Agreement, the Purchaser
        shall not be entitled to cancel it unless the breach is material and
        cannot be remedied adequately by the payment of damages and, being such
        a breach, it is not remedied or is not capable of being remedied by
        specific performance within a reasonable time after the Sellers receive
        written notice from the Purchaser to remedy the breach.

11.3    The remedies of each party in terms of this clause 11, shall not be
        exhaustive and shall be in addition and without prejudice to any other
        remedies it has under or in consequence of this Agreement or the in
        terms of the RSA's common law.


<PAGE>


                                                                         Page 14

12   ANNOUNCEMENTS

     No party shall make any public announcement or statement about this
     Agreement or its contents without first having obtained the others' prior
     written consent (which may not be unreasonably withheld) to the
     announcement or statement and to its contents; except that the Purchaser
     shall be entitled to make such announcements and public disclosures as may
     be required by the Federal Securities Laws of the United States of America.


13   NON-VARIATION

     No alteration or variation to, or consensual cancellation of, this
     Agreement shall be of any force or effect unless it is recorded in writing
     and signed by all the parties to this Agreement.


14   ARBITRATION

14.1    Any dispute between the parties in regard to any matter arising out of
        this Agreement or its interpretation or their respective rights and
        obligations under this Agreement or its cancellation or any matter
        arising out of its cancellation, shall be submitted to and decided by
        arbitration.

14.2    There shall be 1 arbitrator who shall be, if the question in issue is -

14.2.1  primarily an accounting matter, an independent chartered accountant of
        not less than 15 years' standing;

14.2.2  primarily a legal matter, a practising attorney or advocate of not less
        than 15 years' standing;


<PAGE>


                                                                         Page 15


14.2.3  primarily a technical matter, a suitably qualified person;

14.2.4  any other matter, a suitably qualified person.

14.3    The appointment of the arbitrator shall be agreed upon between the
        parties, but failing agreement between them within a period of 14 days
        after the arbitration has been demanded, either of the parties shall be
        entitled to request the chairman for the time being of the Johannesburg
        Bar Council to make the appointment and, in making his appointment, to
        have regard to the nature of the dispute.

14.4    Subject to the other provisions of this clause 14, each arbitration
        shall be held in Johannesburg in accordance with the provisions of the
        Arbitration Act, 1965, as amended.

14.5    The decision of the arbitrator shall be final and binding on the
        parties, and may be made an order of any Court of competent
        jurisdiction. Each of the parties hereby submits itself to the
        jurisdiction of the Witwatersrand Local Division of the High Court of
        the RSA should the other party wish to make the arbitrator's decision an
        order of that court.

15   GENERAL

15.1    Any latitude or extension of time which may be allowed by any party
        shall not under any circumstances whatsoever act as an estoppel or be a
        waiver of that party's rights hereunder.

15.2    Subject to 12, the parties to this Agreement undertake to treat all
        matters relating to this Agreement and the schedules hereto as being
        confidential and, therefore, shall not, without the written approval of
        the others, disclose the provisions hereof to any third


<PAGE>


                                                                         Page 16



        party who or which does not have a legitimate interest in the contents
        thereof.


15.3    This Agreement constitutes the entire contract between the parties and
        no other claims, conditions, warranties, guarantees and representations
        of whatsoever nature shall be of any force or effect other than those
        which are included herein.

15.4    All the transactions and arrangements contemplated in this Agreement
        constitute one indivisible transaction.


16   INTERPRETATION

16.1    In this Agreement, unless the context requires otherwise -

16.1.1  words importing any one gender shall include the other two genders;

16.1.2  the singular shall include the plural and vice versa;

16.1.3  a reference to natural persons shall include created entities (corporate
        and unincorporate) and vice versa.

16.1.4  "day" means any day including a Saturday, Sunday or any official public
        holiday within the Republic of South Africa;

16.1.5  any reference to an enactment is to that enactment as at the date of
        signature hereof and as amended or re-enacted from time to time;

16.1.6  if any provision in a definition is a substantive provision conferring
        rights or imposing obligations on any party, notwithstanding that


<PAGE>


                                                                         Page 17

        it is only in the definition clause, effect shall be given to it as if
        it were a substantive provision in the body of this Agreement;

16.1.7  when any number of days is prescribed in this Agreement, that number of
        days shall be reckoned exclusively of the first and inclusively of the
        last day unless the last day falls on a Saturday, Sunday or official
        public holiday, in which event the last day shall be the next succeeding
        day which is not a Saturday, Sunday or official public holiday;

16.1.8  expressions or words defined in this Agreement shall bear the same
        meaning in the schedules to this Agreement which do not themselves
        contain definitions.

16.2    The headings in this Agreement have been inserted for convenience only
        and shall not be used for nor assist or affect its interpretation.


17   DOMICILIUM AND NOTICES

17.1    The parties choose the address set out below as the address at which all
        notices and other communications must be delivered for the purposes of
        this Agreement -

17.1.1  Gerrit at 20 Van Rooy Street, Potchefstroom or Telefax Number
        (018) 297 2121;

17.1.2  Albert at 20 Van Rooy Street, Potchefstroom or Telefax Number
        (018) 297 2121;

17.1.3  Guy at 4A, Redhill Road, Morningside, Sandton, 2128 or Telefax No.
        (011) 783-1719;


<PAGE>


                                                                         Page 18


17.1.4  Technor at Satraangsvagen 88,S-18237 Danderyd, Sweden, or Telefax Number
        (+468) 544-90005.


17.2    Any notice or communication required or permitted to be given in terms
        of this Agreement shall be valid and effective only if in writing but it
        shall be competent to give notice by telefax.

17.3    Any notice to a party contained in a correctly addressed envelope and
        delivered by hand to such party or to a responsible person during
        ordinary business hours located at its chosen address, shall be deemed
        to have been received on the day of delivery.

17.4    Any notice sent by telefax to a party at its telefax number shall be
        deemed (unless the contrary is proved) to have been received -

17.4.1  if it is transmitted during normal business hours, within 2 hours of
        transmission;

17.4.2  if it is transmitted outside normal business hours, within 2 hours of
        the commencement of normal business hours on the first Business Day
        after it is transmitted.

17.5    The parties choose the physical address set out opposite its name in
        17.1 as the address at which legal process must be delivered for the
        purpose of this Agreement.

17.6    The parties shall be entitled at any time to change their addresses for
        the purposes of this clause 17 to any other address in the RSA by giving
        written notice to that effect to the other, which change shall only be
        effective upon receipt.

18   GOOD FAITH


<PAGE>


                                                                         Page 19

     The parties undertake in favour of one another to observe the utmost good
     faith in the implementation of the provisions of this Agreement, and each
     of the parties hereby undertakes in favour of the other party that in their
     dealings with each other they shall neither do anything nor refrain from
     doing anything which might prejudice or detract from the rights, assets or
     interests of the other party.

19   GOVERNING LAW AND JURISDICTION

19.1    The validity of this Agreement, its interpretation, the respective
        rights and obligations of the parties and all other matters arising in
        any way out of this undertaking or its performance shall be determined
        in accordance with the laws of the RSA.

19.2    The parties hereby consent and submit to the jurisdiction of the
        Witwatersrand Local Division of the High Court of the Republic of South
        Africa for the purposes of all or any legal proceedings arising from or
        concerning this Agreement.

20   COSTS

20.1    Each party shall bear its own costs of and incidental to the
        negotiating, preparing and drawing of this Agreement.

20.2    The transfer duty payable on the transfer of the Sale Shares into the
        name of the Purchaser shall be borne by the Purchaser.

21   COUNTERPARTS

     This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts which when so
     executed will be deemed to be an original and all of which when


<PAGE>


                                                                         Page 20

     taken together will constitute one and the same instrument. One or more
     counterparts of this Agreement may be delivered via telefax with the
     intention that it will have the same effect as the delivery of an original
     counterpart hereof.


SIGNED at Johannesburg     on May 13                                       1999



                               /s/ GERRIT VAN URK
                               ------------------------------------------
                                 GERRIT VAN URK




SIGNED at Bruma            on May 13                                       1999



                               /s/ ALBERT VAN URK
                               ------------------------------------------
                                 ALBERT VAN URK



SIGNED at Bruma            on May 13                                       1999



                               /s/ GUY REDFORD
                               ------------------------------------------
                                   GUY REDFORD


<PAGE>


                                                                         Page 21


SIGNED at Johannesburg     on May 13                                       1999

                               For: TECHNOR INTERNATIONAL INC.

                               /s/ PETER HENRICSSON
                               -----------------------------------------
                                   Signatory:  Peter Henricsson
                                   Capacity:   Director
                                   Authority:  Board Resolution


<PAGE>


                                                                        Page 22


                                                                     SCHEDULE 1


EFFECTIVE DATE ACCOUNTS


FINANCIAL STATEMENTS OF WASP INTERNATIONAL (PROPRIETARY) LIMITED FOR FISCAL
YEAR ENDED FEBRUARY 28, 1999

<PAGE>


                                                                        Page 23

                                                                     SCHEDULE 2

SELLERS' WARRANTIES


        For purposes of this SCHEDULE 2, unless otherwise stated or the context
        indicates otherwise, the word "Company" shall mean the Company as
        defined in the agreement to which this schedule constitutes a schedule

1       EACH OF THE SELLERS, JOINTLY AND SEVERALLY, GIVE THE FOLLOWING
        WARRANTIES AS AT THE EFFECTIVE DATE AND AS AT THE COMPLETION DATE:

CONSTITUTION OF THE COMPANY AND SHARE CAPITAL STRUCTURE

1.1     The Company is incorporated as a private company with limited liability
        according to the laws of the RSA.

1.2     No steps have been taken or are pending for the deregistration of the
        Company, whether under Section 73 of the Companies Act, 1973 or
        otherwise howsoever, and no steps have been taken or are pending to
        liquidate the Company or place the Company under judicial management
        (whether such liquidation or judicial management is final or
        provisional).

1.3     The authorised share capital of the Company is R 4000,00 divided into
        4000 shares of R 1,00 each.

1.4     The issued share capital of the Company is R 100,00 divided into 100
        shares of R 1,00 each, fully paid up.


<PAGE>


                                                                         Page 24

1.5     No resolution has been passed nor is the Company obliged to increase or
        to reduce its authorised or issued share capital or to vary any of the
        rights attaching to the issued shares.

1.6     The Sellers are the registered and beneficial holders of the Sale Shares
        and are entitled and able to give to the Purchaser free and unencumbered
        title to the Sale Shares.

1.7     Save as disclosed in 9 the Agreement no third party has any right
        (including INTER ALIA, any option, pre-emptive right or right of first
        refusal) to acquire any of the Sale Shares, present or future.

1.8     No resolution has been passed nor is the Company obliged to alter its
        Memorandum of Association or Articles of Association or to create or to
        issue any debentures.

STATUTORY BOOKS, RECORDS AND ACCOUNTS

1.9     The minute books of the Company contain all of the resolutions passed by
        its directors and members.

1.10    The Company's books of account, minute books, registers and records have
        been fully and properly maintained according to law, are in its
        possession, and are capable of being written up within a reasonable time
        so as to accurately record all transactions to which the Company has
        been a party.

1.11    The Company's audited annual financial statements for the financial year
        ended 28 February 1999 have been drawn up:

1.11.1  in accordance with generally accepted accounting practice in the RSA,


<PAGE>


                                                                         Page 25

1.11.2  except to the extent stated therein, on the basis of accounting policies
        consistent with prior years, and

1.11.3  in accordance with the provisions of the Companies Act and all other
        applicable laws, and

1.11.4  to fairly reflect the financial position, affairs, operations and
        results of the Company as at that date and for the period to which they
        relate.

That, for the period up to and including the Effective Date, each of the Sellers
jointly and severally gives the following warranties, and for the period between
the Effective Date and the Completion Date, each of the Sellers, jointly and
severally, gives the following warranties to the best of their knowledge and
belief after due investigation and inquiry:

ASSETS

1.12    the Company is the owner of and is in lawful possession of, all of the
        assets reflected and as stated in the Effective Date Accounts, and that
        all such assets are owned free and clear of all liens, charges and
        encumbrances by the Company;

1.13    there are no material defects in any of the assets of the Company;

1.14    the Company and its assets are insured against the risks to which they
        are subject for amounts which accord with sound business practice for a
        period terminating not earlier than 30 days after the Completion Date,
        and all premiums due in respect of such insurance policies have been
        paid and there is no claim outstanding under any such policy;

1.15    the Company has not granted to anyone an option to purchase, or any
        right over any of its assets;


<PAGE>


                                                                         Page 26

EMPLOYEES

1.16    the Company has not given notice of termination to any of its key
        employees, and nor has any of its key employees resigned;

1.17    all leave entitlements, bonuses, salaries and other amounts relating to
        their employment by the Company to which any employees of the Company
        are entitled as at the Effective Date are reflected in the Effective
        Date Accounts and all such amounts due to such Employees have been paid
        as at the Completion Date, and that the Company is current in all of its
        obligations to employees as at the Completion Date and that the Company
        has not agreed to pay any compensation, bonuses or other incentives out
        of the ordinary course of business which have not been disclosed to the
        Purchaser;

CONTRACTS

1.18    the Company is not bound by any contracts, agreements or commitments
        entered into outside the ordinary course of its business;

1.19    all of the contracts of a material nature to which the Company is a
        party have been disclosed and delivered to the Purchaser and are of full
        force and effect according to their terms and the Company is not in
        material breach of any of those terms, and none of the material terms of
        the contracts has been amended or waived;

1.20    the Company has not given nor is it a party to any suretyships,
        guarantees, indemnities or similar documents in respect of any
        liabilities of any other person, and is not liable whether as guarantor,
        indemnifier, surety, co-principal debtor for any liabilities of any
        other person;


<PAGE>


                                                                         Page 27

BUSINESS

1.21    all necessary consents, licences, permits and other authorities required
        for the conduct of the business carried on by the Company in the places
        and in the manner in which such business is carried on at the Completion
        Date, have been obtained and are valid and in full force;

1.22    the Company is not a party to any litigation or arbitration proceedings,
        and to the best of the Sellers' knowledge and belief no litigation or
        arbitration proceedings are threatened against the Company, other than
        any proceedings that may have been instituted by the Company against any
        of its debtors for the recovery of debts due to the Company incurred in
        the ordinary course of business;

1.23    no dividends which have been declared by the Company, have not been paid
        by the Company;

1.24    save to the extent that provision for bad debts has been made in the
        Effective Date Accounts, the Company's book debts will be paid upon
        expiry of normal credit terms or within 90 days after the Completion
        Date, and in the event of any such amounts not being recovered by that
        date, the amounts not so recovered shall be paid by the Sellers to the
        Company against cession by the Company to the Sellers of its claim
        against the debtor in question;

TAX

1.25    the Company has duly and punctually paid all taxes, levies and duties
        which it has become liable to pay, and in particular without limiting
        the generality of the aforegoing, all the Company's assessments for tax
        which are due for payment prior to the Effective Date shall have been
        paid or adequate provisions or


<PAGE>


                                                                         Page 28

        reserves for tax shall have been established therefor in the Effective
        Date Accounts;

1.26    the Company has properly and punctually submitted all returns and
        provided all information required for tax purposes and, to the best of
        the Sellers' knowledge and belief, none of such returns is disputed by
        the Commissioner for Inland Revenue or any other authority.


2    EACH OF THE SELLERS, JOINTLY AND SEVERALLY, GIVE THE FOLLOWING WARRANTIES
     IN RESPECT OF THE PERIOD BETWEEN THE EFFECTIVE DATE AND THE COMPLETION DATE
     AND AGREE THAT :

2.1     The Company will not incur or become committed to incur any capital
        expenditure.

2.2     The Company will not enter into any transaction except in the ordinary
        and regular conduct of its business.

2.3     No resolutions will be passed by the members or directors of the Company
        other than such resolutions as are strictly necessary to give effect to
        this Agreement.

2.4     No dividend will be declared nor will any distribution out of profit,
        accumulated profit, reserves or capital of the Company be made.

2.5     The Company will not borrow any money.


<PAGE>


                                                                         Page 29

3    EACH OF THE SELLERS, JOINTLY AND SEVERALLY, GIVE THE FOLLOWING WARRANTY IN
     RESPECT OF THE PERIOD BETWEEN 1 MARCH 1999 AND THE COMPLETION DATE

3.1     There has not been and will not be any material adverse change in the
        financial position of the Company.

4    EACH OF THE SELLERS, JOINTLY AND SEVERALLY, TO THE BEST OF THEIR KNOWLEDGE
     AND BELIEF THAT AT THE EFFECTIVE DATE:

4.1     any and all software, hardware, peripherals, services, electronic
        equipment, interfaces and any other information technology used in the
        Business ("the IT Products") at the Effective Date is fully year 2000
        compliant. For purposes of this warranty, year 2000 compliance shall
        mean that the IT Products, together will all upgrades, enhancements and
        modifications thereto -

4.1.1   have been designed to and will function accurately, correctly,
        consistently and as expected without error or interruption prior to, on,
        and beyond 1 January 2000 and that neither the performance nor
        functionality of the IT Products will in any way be adversely affected
        by the passage of time from the twentieth to the twenty first century;

4.1.2   shall, without derogating from the generality of 4.1.1:

4.1.2.1    operate prior to, on and beyond 1 January 2000 without error,
           interruption or decreased performance relating or in any way
           connected to any data or input which includes an indication of or
           reference to date;

4.1.2.2    manage and manipulate data involving dates (including, but not
           limited to


<PAGE>


                                                                         Page 30

           calculating, comparing, sequencing, processing and outputting) so as
           to be capable of accepting date input, providing date output, storing
           date information, performing calculations on dates or portions of
           dates and identifying and renewing any abuses of date fields and
           data;

4.1.2.3    provide that all date-related user interface functionalities and data
           fields include the indication of century to eliminate data ambiguity
           without human intervention;

4.2     shall function accurately, correctly, consistently and as expected
        without error or interruption prior to, on and beyond 1 January in or
        together with any level of computer hardware and/or software including,
        but not limited to, microcode, firmware, application programs, files and
        databases; provided that such computer hardware and/or computer software
        or system is itself year 2000 compliant;

4.3     shall recognise the year 2000 as a leap year and act accordingly.


<PAGE>


                                                                         Page 31

                                                                      SCHEDULE 4


DISCLOSURE SCHEDULE

Not Applicable

<PAGE>
                                                                  Exhibit 10-11











WASP INTERNATIONAL (PROPRIETARY) LIMITED SALE OF BUSINESS
AGREEMENT






between






WASP INTERNATIONAL (PROPRIETARY) LIMITED
(REG.  NO 93/00271/07)






and






WASP S.A. (PROPRIETARY) LIMITED
(REG NO.  99/06789/07)


[CERTAIN PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT HAVE BEEN OMITTED BASED UPON A REQUEST FOR
CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT PURSUANT TO RULE 24B-2 UNDER THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE
ACT OF 1934. OMITTED PORTION: SCHEDULE 8. THE OMITTED PORTION HAS BEEN FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.]



<PAGE>


CONTENTS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------
NO       CLAUSE                                                   PAGE NO
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>      <C>                                                       <C>
1        DEFINITIONS                                                2
2        PREAMBLE                                                   6
3        SUSPENSIVE CONDITION                                       7
4        SALE                                                       8
5        EFFECTIVE DATE ACCOUNTS AND ADJUSTMENT ACCOUNT             9
6        PURCHASE PRICE AND PAYMENT                                13
7        CREDITORS AND LIABILITIES OF THE BUSINESS                 13
8        DELIVERY                                                  15
9        OWNERSHIP, RISK AND BENEFIT                               16
10       ASSIGNMENT OF CONTINUING CONTRACTS
         AND IMPROVEMENTS IN THE WGT                               17
11       LEASED ASSETS                                             20
12       WARRANTIES                                                21
13       EMPLOYEES OF THE BUSINESS                                 21
14       GOOD FAITH                                                23
15       PAYMENTS                                                  23
16       BREACH                                                    24
17       THE INSOLVENCY ACT, 1936                                  25
18       CONFIDENTIALITY AND PUBLIC ANNOUNCEMENTS                  25
19       ARBITRATION                                               26
20       DOMICILIUM CITANDI ET EXECUTANDI                          27
21       INTERPRETATION                                            29
22       GENERAL                                                   30
23       COSTS                                                     31
</TABLE>


<PAGE>






SCHEDULES

<TABLE>
<S>            <C>
SCHEDULE 1 :   DESCRIPTION OF THE BUSINESS
SCHEDULE 2 :   CONTRACTS
SCHEDULE 3 :   FIXED ASSETS
SCHEDULE 4 :   EXCLUDED ASSETS
SCHEDULE 5 :   VALUES OF CERTAIN ASSETS OF THE BUSINESS
SCHEDULE 6 :   LEASED ASSETS
SCHEDULE 7 :   EMPLOYEES NOT TO  BE TRANSFERRED IN TERMS OF
               CLAUSE 13 OF THE AGREEMENT
SCHEDULE 8 :   THE WGT
</TABLE>

                                                         1

<PAGE>


                                                                           2




1    DEFINITIONS

     In this agreement, unless the context requires otherwise, the words and
     expressions set out below shall have the meanings assigned to them and
     cognate expressions shall have a corresponding meaning, namely -

1.1      "Agreement"                means this agreement and all the
                                    schedules hereto;

1.2      "Assets"                   means all the assets used in or in
                                    connection with the Business which the
                                    Seller is selling to the Purchaser in
                                    terms of this agreement and which are
                                    described more fully in 4.4;

1.3      "Business"                 means the business referred to in 2.2 and
                                    more fully described in SCHEDULE 1 and
                                    includes the Assets owned by the Seller
                                    in connection with the Business, but
                                    excludes the Excluded Assets;

1.4      "Business Day"             means any day other than a Saturday,
                                    Sunday or public holiday in the RSA,
                                    within the meaning of the Public Holidays
                                    Act of the RSA, 1994;

1.5      "Completion Date"          means the date set out in 6.2;

1.6      "Contracts"                means all the contracts listed in
                                    SCHEDULE 2;

1.7      "Effective Date"           means 1 March 1999;

<PAGE>


                                                                               3





1.8      "Effective Date Accounts"  means the unaudited financial statements
                                    of the Seller in respect of the Business
                                    for the period commencing on 1 March 1998
                                    and ended on 28 February 1999, to be
                                    prepared by the Seller's auditors on the
                                    basis set out in 5.1;

1.9      "ETSI"                     means the European Telecommunications
                                    Standards Institute;

1.10     "Excluded Assets"          means the assets of the Business that the
                                    Seller is not selling to the Purchaser in
                                    terms of this Agreement, in SCHEDULE 4;

1.11     "Fixed Assets"             means all the motor vehicles, furniture,
                                    fittings and equipment, plant and
                                    machinery of the Business as at the
                                    Effective Date, listed in SCHEDULE 3;

1.12     "GSM"                      means the global system for mobile
                                    communication as defined in the ETSI
                                    standards;

1.13     "Liabilities"              means all the liabilities of the Seller
                                    in respect of the Business as shown in
                                    the Effective Date Accounts, even if the
                                    invoice or other form of voucher for that
                                    liability is only received after the
                                    Effective Date, but such liabilities
                                    shall not include -


<PAGE>


                                                                              4




1.13.1                              any liability for the payment by the
                                    Seller of any tax, duty or levy imposed
                                    by the Income Tax Act, 1962 or imposed by
                                    any other law administered by the
                                    Commissioner for Inland Revenue or
                                    imposed by any other fiscal or revenue
                                    laws;

1.13.2                              any liability which arises or which has
                                    arisen other than in the normal and
                                    ordinary course of the operation of the
                                    Business;

1.13.3                              any liability arising out of a
                                    contravention of any law (including,
                                    without being limited to, any regulation,
                                    standard, order, judgement, decree and
                                    other governmental or administrative
                                    requirements having the force of law) by
                                    the Seller in relation to the Business;

1.14     "Prime Rate"               means the basic quoted lending rate of
                                    interest at which  Nedbank Limited lends
                                    on overdraft from time to time,  as
                                    certified by any general manager of that
                                    bank, whose authority and appointment it
                                    shall not be necessary to prove;

1.15     "Purchaser"                means  Wasp S.A. (Proprietary) Limited
                                    (Reg No 99/06789/07), a private company
                                    with limited liability

<PAGE>


                                                                              5




                                    incorporated under the laws of the RSA;

1.16     "RSA"                      means the national territory of the
                                    Republic of South Africa comprising the
                                    nine provinces identified in section 103
                                    of the Constitution of the Republic of
                                    South Africa, 1996;

1.17     "Seller"                   means Wasp International (Proprietary)
                                    Limited (Reg No 93/00271/07), a private
                                    company with limited liability
                                    incorporated under the laws of the RSA;

1.18     "Signature Date"           means the date upon which both the
                                    parties to this Agreement have signed
                                    this Agreement or, in the event of their
                                    having signed the Agreement on different
                                    dates, the date of the last signature;

1.19     "Technor"                  means Technor International Inc, a
                                    corporation registered in Nevada, United
                                    States of America with an office at
                                    Satraangsvagen 88, S-18237 Danderyd,
                                    Sweden;

1.20     "Territory"                means all those countries or territories
                                    on the African continent whose sovereign
                                    territory or any part thereof lies South
                                    of the Sahara Desert;

<PAGE>


                                                                              6



1.21     "WGT"                      means all the GSM technologies or
                                    products owned or developed by the Seller
                                    as at the Signature Date, including but
                                    not being limited to vehicle tracking
                                    systems, terminal units, communication
                                    processes (including computer operated
                                    programs), policy and procedures;
                                    technical information, know-how, whether
                                    or not patented or patentable, including,
                                    without limitation, specifications,
                                    marketing studies, physical performance
                                    and other operational information or data
                                    relating to any part of or improvement of
                                    any system developed and made available
                                    for commercial exploitation by the
                                    Seller, more fully described in
                                    SCHEDULE 8.

2   PREAMBLE

    It is recorded for the purpose of elucidating the operative provisions
    of this Agreement, that it is being entered into in the following
    circumstances, namely:

2.1      the Seller is involved in the communications and technology
         industry, focussing primarily on the development of proprietary GSM
         technologies, and has become a leading South African company in this
         area;



<PAGE>


                                                                              7




2.2      the Seller, in order to properly exploit the technologies that is
         has developed and the intellectual property rights that it owns,
         intends restructuring its business affairs;

2.3      one of the steps in the restructure referred to in 2.2 involves the
         Seller selling its Business to the Purchaser;

    and the parties have accordingly agreed to provide, in this Agreement,
    for the basis upon which the Purchaser will acquire from the Seller the
    Business as a going concern.


3   SUSPENSIVE CONDITION

3.1      This Agreement is subject to the suspensive condition that the board
         of directors of the Purchaser approves the transaction contemplated
         in this Agreement by no later than 31 May 1999 or such later date as
         the parties may agree to in writing.

3.2      If the suspensive condition in 3.1 remains unfulfilled on or before
         the date stipulated in 3.1 or such later date as the parties may
         agree upon in writing pursuant to 3.1, this Agreement shall not come
         into force or effect. In such event, neither party shall have any
         claim against the other party by virtue of the provisions of this
         Agreement.


4   SALE

4.1      The Seller hereby sells to the Purchaser, which purchases from the
         Seller, the Business (together with all the Assets thereof, but
         excluding the Excluded Assets) as a going concern, with effect from
         the Effective Date on the terms and conditions set out in this
         Agreement.



<PAGE>


                                                                               8




4.2      The Seller and the Purchaser agree that:

4.2.1    the enterprise being transferred in terms of this Agreement from the
         Seller to the Purchaser will constitute an income earning activity
         on the Effective Date and on the Completion Date;

4.2.2    since all the Assets necessary to carry on the enterprise being
         transferred by the Seller to the Purchaser in terms of this
         Agreement will be so transferred,

         the transfer of Assets and Liabilities contained in this Agreement
         falls within the ambit of section 11(1)(e) of the Value-Added Tax
         Act, 1991 and therefore VAT is payable at the rate of zero per cent.

4.3      Each of the Seller and the Purchaser respectively warrants to the
         other that it will, on the Signature Date and on the Completion
         Date, be registered as vendors in terms of the Value-Added Tax Act,
         1991.

4.4      The Assets sold by the Seller to the Purchaser in terms of 4.1
         consist, subject to 4.4.8 and 4.4.9, of all the assets of the
         Business at the Effective Date, including but not limited to:

4.4.1    all the intellectual property rights and know-how owned by the
         Business and relating to the WGT in the Territory;

4.4.2    the Fixed Assets;

4.4.3    cash-on-hand and cash-at-bank;

4.4.4    the Contracts;


<PAGE>


                                                                               9




4.4.5    the goodwill of the Business; and

4.4.6    all other assets used in connection with the day to day operations
         of the Business,

         but specifically excluding:

4.4.7    all assets not utilised by the Seller in connection with the day to
         day operations of the Business;

4.4.8    the Excluded Assets all of which are listed in SCHEDULE 5.

5   EFFECTIVE DATE ACCOUNTS AND ADJUSTMENT ACCOUNT

5.1      The Seller shall at its own cost and expense, which shall be fully
         provided for in the Effective Date Accounts, procure that its
         auditors audit the books and records of the Business and prepare the
         Effective Date Accounts, as soon as reasonably possible after the
         Effective Date, but in any event, by no later than 1 Business Day
         after the Signature Date.

5.2      The Seller warrants in favour of the Purchaser and undertakes to
         procure that:

5.2.1    the Effective Date Accounts shall:

5.2.1.1  reflect all the Assets and all the Liabilities of the Seller in
         respect of the Business at the Effective Date;



<PAGE>


                                                                              10




5.2.1.2  be drawn up in accordance with generally accepted accounting
         practice;

5.2.1.3  comply with the provisions of the Companies Act, 1973 and all other
         applicable laws;

5.2.1.4  include adequate provisions for all the Liabilities;

5.2.1.5  save as required in terms of the provisions of this Agreement, be
         prepared on the basis of accounting policies which were used in the
         preparation of the audited annual financial statements of the Seller
         for its financial year ended 28 February 1999 and except to the
         extent required by changes in South African generally accepted
         accounting practice since the date of the last audited annual
         financial statements;

5.2.1.6  fairly reflect the financial position, affairs, operations and
         results of the Business as at the Effective Date;

5.2.1.7  be signed by the Seller's auditors, without any qualification;

5.2.2    true copies of the Effective Date Accounts will be delivered to the
         Purchaser as soon as possible after their completion, but in any
         event by no later than 1 Business Day after the Signature Date.

5.3      In addition, the Seller shall at its cost and expense procure that,
         simultaneously with the preparation of the Effective Date Accounts,
         that its auditors prepare an adjustment account, subject to the
         provisions of 5.2.1.5, which shall reflect:


<PAGE>


                                                                              11



5.3.1    all prepayments of interest, taxation, rates, electricity, water,
         metropolitan substructure charges, insurance and the like made by
         the Seller in respect of the Business PRIOR to the Effective Date in
         respect of any period AFTER the Effective Date if such asset was not
         taken into account in arriving at the purchase price of the
         Business, as at the Effective Date, which amount shall be credited
         in the adjustment account to the Seller; and

5.3.2    all prepayments of interest, taxation, rates, electricity, water,
         metropolitan substructure charges, insurance and the like made by
         the Purchaser in respect of the Business AFTER the Effective Date in
         respect of any period PRIOR to the Effective Date if such asset was
         not taken into account in arriving at the purchase price of the
         Business, as at the Effective Date, which amount shall be credited
         in the adjustment account to the Purchaser.

5.4      Amounts credited to the Seller and the Purchaser pursuant to 5.3.1
         and 5.3.2 respectively, shall be set-off against each other and:

5.4.1    if there is a credit balance in favour of the Purchaser, then the
         purchase price in 6 shall be reduced by an amount equal to such
         balance; or

5.4.2    if there is a credit balance in favour of the Seller, then the
         purchase price in 6 shall be increased by an amount equal to such
         balance.

5.5      If an amount is owing by:

5.5.1    the Seller to the Purchaser pursuant to 5.4.1, such amount shall be
         due and payable by the Seller to the Purchaser by telegraphic
         transfer into a current account to be designated by the Purchaser
         for that purpose; or

5.5.2    the Purchaser to the Seller pursuant to 5.4.2, such amount shall be
         due and payable by the Purchaser by telegraphic transfer into the



<PAGE>


                                                                              12




         Seller's current account to be designated by the Seller for that
         purpose, within 10 Business Days after the Seller's auditors shall
         have  issued a certificate stipulating what amount is due and payable
         by either the Seller or the Purchaser pursuant to the provisions of
         5.3 and 5.4 and shall have delivered that certificate to both the
         Seller and the Purchaser.

5.6      For the purposes of the Effective Date Accounts, the Assets shall,
         subject to 5.2.1.2, be reflected at the following values:

5.6.1    the value of each item of the Fixed Assets referred to in 4.4.2 and
         the other assets referred to in 4.4.6 shall be its book value at the
         Effective Date, unless and to the extent indicated otherwise in
         SCHEDULE 5;

5.6.2    the value of the Contracts referred to in 4.4.4 shall be the value
         reflected in SCHEDULE 5;

5.6.3    the value of the goodwill referred to in 4.4.5, shall be the value
         reflected in SCHEDULE 5.

5.7      For the purposes of 5.6.1, the "book value" of any asset shall be
         the written-down value of the asset in the Seller's books after
         allowing for depreciation up to the Effective Date to the extent
         which such depreciation has been and will be allowed as a deduction
         for tax purposes.

6   PURCHASE PRICE AND PAYMENT

6.1      The purchase price to be paid by the Purchaser to the Seller in
         respect of the Business shall be R 1,00.


<PAGE>


                                                                              13




6.2      The purchase price in 6.1 shall be paid by the Purchaser to the
         Seller:

6.2.1    once the suspensive conditions in 3 have been fulfilled;

6.2.2    the Effective Date Accounts have been delivered to the Purchaser in
         accordance with 5.1 ("the Completion Date"), in cash provided that if
         any amount is due by the Seller to the Purchaser on that date in terms
         of 5.3.1 then such amount shall be deducted from the purchase price in
         6.1 and the balance, if any, shall be paid to the Seller.

7   CREDITORS AND LIABILITIES OF THE BUSINESS

7.1      Subject to 7.2, the Purchaser shall assume and discharge all the
         Liabilities which are reflected in the Effective Date Accounts.

7.2      Notwithstanding anything to the contrary anywhere else in this
         Agreement :

7.2.1    the Purchaser shall also  assume  and discharge any and all
         liabilities of the Business (or any part thereof) which are not
         reflected in the Effective Date Accounts and which cause of action
         arose prior to the Effective Date, provided that the Purchaser's
         total obligations and liabilities in terms of this 7.2.1 and 7.2.3
         shall in no circumstances whatsoever exceed the sum of R 350 000,00;

7.2.2    the Purchaser shall, from the Completion Date, assume all the
         obligations and liabilities of the Seller in connection with Matrix
         Vehicle (Tracking) Proprietary Limited;



<PAGE>


                                                                             14




7.2.3    the Purchaser shall, from the Completion Date, assume all the
         obligations and liabilities of the Seller in connection with any
         sale of technology agreement concluded between the Seller and a
         third party ("the Third Party") relating the WGT ("the Sale of
         Technology Agreement");

7.2.4    The Third Party shall be entitled to cede to any other person all of
         its rights in terms the Sale of Technology Agreement against the
         Seller and that such person shall accordingly be:

7.2.4.1  deemed to be a third party beneficiary of the obligations of the
         Purchaser in terms of the Sale of Technology Agreement;

7.2.4.2  to pursue against the Purchaser any claims that such person may have
         in connection with the representations, warranties and covenants
         made by the Seller to the Third Party in the Sale of Technology
         Agreement.

7.2.5    shall be construed so as to  relieve the Seller from the payment of
         any tax, duty or levy imposed by the Income Tax Act, 1962 or imposed
         by any other law administered by the Commissioner for Inland Revenue
         or imposed by any other fiscal or revenue laws, provided that the
         Purchaser shall reimburse the Seller for such tax amount as may be
         levied for the period between the Effective Date and the Completion
         Date against receipt of the relevant asssessment.

7.3      The Purchaser indemnifies the Seller and holds it harmless against
         all the Liabilities shown in the Effective Date Accounts and subject
         to the proviso in 7.2.1, against all other liabilities referred to
         in 7.2 and against any demand, claim, action or other legal
         proceedings made or instituted against the Seller in respect of any
         of such



<PAGE>


                                                                              15




         liabilities, and against all costs incurred by the Seller or awarded
         against it in respect of any such demand, claim, action or other
         legal proceedings.

7.4      Without prejudice to the provisions of 8.1.2, the Seller or its
         representatives shall be entitled to make copies of the books of
         account of the Business to such extent as the Seller may reasonably
         require from time to time, for the purposes of monitoring the way in
         which the Purchaser discharges its obligations under this clause 7.

8   DELIVERY

8.1      On the Completion Date:

8.1.1    each item of the Fixed Assets referred to in 4.4.2, the cash-on-hand
         and cash-at-bank referred to in 4.4.3 and the other assets referred
         to in 4.4.6 shall be delivered by the Seller to the Purchaser at the
         premises at which they are located on that date;

8.1.2    or as soon thereafter as is reasonably possible, the Seller shall
         deliver to the Purchaser all the Contracts, books, records and other
         documents of the Business as at the Effective Date provided that:

8.1.2.1  insofar as the Seller is obliged in law to retain any such book,
         record or document then he shall deliver a photocopy thereof to the
         Purchaser;

8.1.2.2  if the Seller requires to make copies of or to inspect any such
         book, record or document after the Effective Date then it shall be
         entitled to do so during normal business hours upon giving the
         Purchaser


<PAGE>


                                                                              16




         reasonable written notice to that effect, provided that such book,
         record or document relates to the operations of the Business prior
         to the Effective Date.

9   OWNERSHIP, RISK AND BENEFIT

9.1      All risk and benefit in the Assets and the Business shall pass from
         the Seller to the Purchaser on the Effective Date.

9.2      Notwithstanding delivery in terms of 8 and the passing of the risk
         referred to in 9.1, the ownership of the Assets and the Business
         shall only pass from the Seller to the Purchaser on the Completion
         Date.

9.3      The parties record that the Seller will continue to operate the
         Business during the period between the Effective Date and the
         Completion Date as agent for and on behalf of the Purchaser, and
         between the Seller and the Purchaser INTER SE, the Purchaser would
         subject always to the provisions of 9.4 and 9.5, be put in the same
         position as that in which the Purchaser would have been, had the
         transfer of the Assets of the Business physically taken place on the
         Effective Date.

9.4      Any profit made or any loss suffered or liability incurred by the
         Business during the period between the Effective Date and the
         Completion Date shall be for the Purchaser's sole benefit and
         account provided that the Purchaser shall not be liable for any loss
         if any of the assets of the Business are sold or otherwise disposed
         of during the period between the Effective Date and the Completion
         Date without the prior written approval of the Purchaser.


<PAGE>


                                                                              17



9.5      The Purchaser hereby indemnifies the Seller and holds it harmless
         against any claim which may be instituted by any third party against
         the Seller for any loss or damage or liability incurred by any such
         third party during the period after the Effective Date insofar as
         the carrying on of the Business during the period after the
         Effective Date is concerned

10  ASSIGNMENT OF CONTINUING CONTRACTS AND IMPROVEMENTS IN THE WGT

10.1     For the purposes of this clause 10, "Continuing Contract", in
         relation to the Business, means the ongoing Contracts entered into
         by the Seller with third parties for the purposes of the Business.

10.2     The Seller shall, subject to 10.4, be obliged to assign to the
         Purchaser with effect from the Effective Date, all its rights and
         obligations under every Continuing Contract, and the Purchaser shall
         be obliged to accept the assignment of all those rights and
         obligations under each such Continuing Contract.

10.3     Each party shall be obliged to enter into all such agreements and
         sign all such documents and do all such things as may reasonably be
         required of it to give effect to the provisions of 10.2.

10.4     Where any other party to any Continuing Contract assigned to the
         Purchaser in terms of 10.2 does not consent to its assignment then:

10.4.1   the Purchaser shall carry out the Seller's obligations under the
         Continuing Contract in question, as if the Purchaser were a
         subcontractor to the Seller, and shall be entitled to all of the
         Seller's rights and benefits under the Continuing Contract in
         question;


<PAGE>


                                                                              18



10.4.2   if the terms of the Continuing Contract do not permit the provisions
         of 10.4.1 to be carried into effect, then the Purchaser and the
         Seller shall co-operate with each other in a lawful manner to enable
         the objects of this clause 10 to be achieved with respect to the
         contract in question.

10.5     The Purchaser hereby indemnifies the Seller and holds it harmless
         against any claim or loss instituted or asserted by any third party
         against the Seller for any loss or damage or liability incurred by
         or to such third party with respect to the conduct of the Business
         after the Effective Date, but only in respect of any claims, the
         cause of action of which will have arisen before the Effective Date,
         provided that the Purchaser shall not be obliged to indemnify the
         Purchaser against any liability of the Seller which is included
         among the Liabilities as shown in the Effective Date Accounts and
         provided further that the Purchaser's total obligations and
         liabilities in terms of this 7.2.1 and 7.2.3 shall in no
         circumstances whatsoever exceed the sum of R 350 000,00.

10.6     Should either the Purchaser or the Seller, or any employee of the
         Purchaser or the Seller or anyone else under the Purchaser's or the
         Seller's control or working in association with the Purchaser or the
         Seller, as the case may be ("the Discovering Party"), make or
         discover any improvement relating to the WGT and capable of
         commercial exploitation:

10.6.1   the Discovering Party shall  be obliged to notify the other party
         thereof ("the Receiving Party") as soon as is reasonably possible
         under the circumstances and to make the relevant know-how,
         technology and related intellectual property ("the New Intellectual
         Property") available for exploitation to the Receiving Party free of
         any royalty, charge or fee of whatsoever nature, provided that the
         Receiving Party:


<PAGE>


                                                                              19




10.6.1.1 should such party be the Purchaser, shall only be entitled to
         exploit the New Intellectual Property in the Territory;

10.6.1.2 should such party be the Seller, shall only be entitled to exploit
         the New Intellectual Property in countries and territories not in
         the Territory; and

10.6.2   if the improvement in question is an invention capable of being
         registered as a patent, then:

10.6.2.1 the Discovering Party shall have the right to apply at its cost for
         letters patent therefor in the RSA, the Territory and in all other
         countries of the world;

10.6.2.2 any letters patent issued in respect of the invention shall be and
         remain the Discovering Party's sole property, subject always to the
         Receiving Party's right of use and exploitation in terms of 10.6.1.

11  LEASED ASSETS

11.1     The Seller, insofar as it is able to do so, hereby cedes all of its
         rights and delegates all of its obligations under the leases of
         assets and instalment sale agreements set out in SCHEDULE 6 to the
         Purchaser with effect from the Effective Date and the Purchaser
         accepts such assignments, provided that should the lessor in respect
         of any such lease or the credit grantor in respect of any such
         instalment sale agreement, as the case may be, not consent to the
         assignment of that lease or instalment sale, as the case may


<PAGE>


                                                                              20



         be, to the Purchaser, then the Seller shall, subject to 12.2,
         sub-let the assets in question to the Purchaser at the same rental
         and on the same terms and conditions, mutatis mutandis, as provided
         for in the lease(s) between the lessor(s) in question and the Seller
         (in the case of the leases) or as provided for in the instalment
         sale agreement(s) between the creditor grantor(s) and the Seller (in
         the case of instalment sale agreements).

11.2     If the terms of any one or more of the leases or instalment sale
         agreements, as the case may be, do not permit the provisions of 11.1
         to be carried into effect, then the Purchaser and the Seller shall
         co-operate with each other in a lawful manner to enable the objects
         of this clause 11 to be achieved with respect of the contract in
         question.

12  WARRANTIES

    The parties agree and record that the Seller gives the Purchaser no
    warranties and makes no representations in connection with the Assets,
    and that the Assets are accordingly sold voetstoots, that is "as is".


13  EMPLOYEES OF THE BUSINESS

13.1     It is recorded that all the employees of the Business who were in
         the Seller's employment on the Effective Date (save for the
         employees in SCHEDULE 7 who are to remain in the Seller's employ,
         "the Employees") will be employed by the Purchaser in accordance
         with the relevant provisions of the Labour Relations Act, 1995 ("the
         Labour Relations Act") on terms and conditions of employment and
         employment benefits which will be substantially the same as the
         terms and conditions and employment benefits which applied to the
         Employees immediately prior to the Effective Date.


<PAGE>


                                                                              21




13.2     The Purchaser undertakes to the Seller that it will:

13.2.1   recognise and give effect to the length of service and service
         record of each of the Employees for the purposes of any awards for
         long service by the Purchaser at any time after the Effective Date;

13.2.2   assume all the liabilities relating to leave pay and bonus pay and
         any other incentives or benefits which are not paid monthly and
         which are due to the Employees, provided that such liabilities are
         fully provided for in the Effective Date Accounts; and

13.2.3   assume all the liabilities relating to the costs incurred and
         amounts to be paid in respect of the retrenchment of any of the
         Employees who are retrenched by the Purchaser after the Effective
         Date.

13.3     The Purchaser hereby indemnifies and holds the Seller harmless
         against all the costs referred to in 13.2.2 and 13.2.3 and
         undertakes forthwith upon receipt of a written request from the
         Seller, to pay such amount(s) to the Seller, where The Seller has
         paid any such amount on the Purchaser's behalf.

13.4     The Seller shall remain liable for and shall pay to each of the
         Employees all amounts which are payable to the Employees up to the
         termination of his or her service contract with the Seller but
         excluding any amount referred to in 13.2.2 and 13.2.3. The Seller
         hereby warrants and represents to the Purchaser that the Effective
         Date Accounts shall include full and adequate provisions for all
         liabilities directly or indirectly associated with every Employee
         insofar as wages, accrued leave pay or any other compensation,
         remuneration or fringe benefits in respect of the period up to and
         including the Effective Date are concerned.


<PAGE>


                                                                              22





13.5     The Seller confirms having notified and, where legally obliged to do
         so, having consulted with the Employees in relation to the disposal
         of the Business prior to the Effective Date.

13.6     If required by the Labour Relations Act, the Purchaser shall submit
         to each of the Employees a written offer for the purpose of giving
         effect to the requirements of 13.1, which written offer shall be
         submitted to the Employees as soon as possible after the Seller
         gives its notice of termination to them. The Seller shall use its
         best endeavours to ensure that the Employees will accept the offers
         of employment to be made to them by the Purchaser.

13.7     The Purchaser shall have free access to all of the Employees during
         the period from the Signature Date to the Completion Date in order
         to consult with them about the offers of employment to be made to
         them and their future employment with the Purchaser after the
         Completion Date. The Seller shall provide all such assistance as the
         Purchaser may reasonably require to make such access possible.

13.8     The parties shall communicate and liaise with each other and
         generally co-operate with each other so as to ensure as far as
         possible an orderly transfer of the services of the Employees who
         accept the Purchaser's offer of employment if such procedure is
         required or are transferred automatically pursuant to the provisions
         of the Labour Relations Act from the service of the Seller to the
         service of the Purchaser, as the case may be, and to consult where
         necessary with any trade unions or other representative bodies who
         may need to be consulted for that purpose.

13.9     The provisions of this clause 13 are not intended as a STIPULATIO
         ALTERI in favour of any transferring Employee and shall not operate
         to create any rights in favour of any person who is not a party to
         this Agreement.


<PAGE>


                                                                              23



14  GOOD FAITH

    The parties undertake in favour of one another to observe the utmost
    good faith in the implementation of the provisions of this Agreement,
    and each of the parties hereby undertakes in favour of the other party
    that in their dealings with each other it shall neither do anything nor
    refrain from doing anything which might prejudice or detract from the
    rights, assets or interests of the other party.

15  PAYMENTS

15.1     All payments to be made by either party to the other in terms of
         this Agreement shall be made free of bank and other charges.

15.2     If any amount payable by either party is not paid on its due date
         then, in addition and without prejudice to any other remedies, the
         amount of the payment or any balance outstanding from time to time
         shall bear interest at Prime Rate (compounded monthly in arrear)
         from the date it falls due until it is discharged in full.

16  BREACH

16.1     The Seller shall be entitled to cancel this Agreement summarily by
         giving written notice to that effect to the other parties if the
         Purchaser fails to pay on due date any amount which becomes due and
         payable in terms of 6.1 and remains in default for 14 days after
         receiving written notice from the Seller to remedy the default.

16.2     Should the Purchaser commit any other breach of this Agreement, the
         Seller shall not be entitled to cancel it unless the breach is
         material and cannot be remedied adequately by the payment of damages
         and, being such a breach, it is not remedied or is not capable of
         being remedied by specific performance within a


<PAGE>


                                                                              24





         reasonable time after the Purchaser receives written notice from the
         Seller to remedy the breach.

16.3     Should the Seller commit any breach of this Agreement, the Purchaser
         shall not be entitled to cancel it unless the breach is material and
         cannot be remedied adequately by the payment of damages and, being
         such a breach, it is not remedied or is not capable of being
         remedied by specific performance within a reasonable time after the
         Seller receives written notice from the Purchaser to remedy the
         breach.

16.4     The remedies of each party in terms of this clause 16, shall not be
         exhaustive and shall be in addition and without prejudice to any
         other remedies it has under or in consequence of this Agreement.

17  THE INSOLVENCY ACT, 1936

17.1     The parties agree that notice of this transaction will not be
         published in accordance with the requirements of Section 34 of the
         Insolvency Act, 1936.

17.2     The Seller hereby indemnifies the Purchaser and holds the Purchaser
         harmless against any claim of any nature which may be made against
         the Purchaser or against any loss or damage of any nature whatsoever
         which the Purchaser may suffer as a result of the non- publication
         of the notices referred to in 17.1.

18  CONFIDENTIALITY AND PUBLIC ANNOUNCEMENTS

18.1     Neither party shall make any public announcement or statement about
         this Agreement or its contents without first having obtained the
         other's prior written consent (which may not be unreasonably
         withheld) to the announcement or statement and to its contents.



<PAGE>


                                                                              25




18.2     The provisions of 18.1 shall not apply to any announcement,
         statement or disclosure which any of the parties is obliged to make
         by virtue of shares of its holding company or any of its
         subsidiaries being listed on any stock exchange, provided that the
         party in question shall consult with the other before making any
         announcement, statement or disclosure contemplated in this clause
         18.2.

18.3     Notwithstanding anything to the contrary anywhere else in this
         clause 18, any the Seller shall be entitled to notify its customers
         and suppliers of this Agreement and its consequences at any time
         after the first public announcement has been made by either party in
         accordance with the requirements of this clause 18.

19  ARBITRATION

19.1     Any dispute arising out of this Agreement or the interpretation
         thereof, both while in force and after its termination, shall be
         submitted to and determined by arbitration. Such arbitration shall
         be held in Johannesburg unless otherwise agreed to and shall be held
         in a summary manner with a view to it being completed as soon as
         possible.

19.2     There shall be one arbitrator who shall be, if the question in issue
         is:

19.2.1   primarily an accounting matter, an independent chartered accountant
         of not less than 15 years' experience as such;

19.2.2   primarily a legal matter, a practising senior counsel or retired
         judge of the High Court of South Africa;

19.2.3   primarily a technical matter, a suitably qualified person; and



<PAGE>


                                                                              26




19.2.4   any other matter, a suitably qualified person.

19.3     The appointment of the arbitrator shall be agreed upon between the
         parties, but failing agreement between them within a period of 14
         days after the arbitration has been demanded, either of the parties
         shall be entitled to request the Chairman for the time being of the
         Arbitration Foundation of Southern Africa to make the appointment
         who, in making his appointment, shall have regard to the nature of
         the dispute.

19.4     The arbitrator shall have the powers conferred upon an arbitrator
         under the Arbitration Act, 1965, as amended, or re-enacted in some
         other form from time to time, but shall not be obliged to follow the
         procedures described in that Act and shall be entitled to decide on
         such procedures as he may consider desirable for the speedy
         determination of the dispute, and in particular he shall have the
         sole and absolute discretion to determine whether and to what extent
         it shall be necessary to file pleadings, make discovery of documents
         or hear oral evidence.

19.5     The decision of the arbitrator shall be final and binding on the
         parties, and may be made an order of any court of competent
         jurisdiction. Each of the parties hereby submits itself to the
         Witwatersrand Local Division of the High Court of South Africa
         should the other party wish to make the arbitrator's decision an
         order of that Court.

20  DOMICILIUM CITANDI ET EXECUTANDI

20.1     Each party chooses the address set out opposite its name below as
         its DOMICILIUM CITANDI ET EXECUTANDI at which all notices, legal
         processes and other communications must be delivered for the
         purposes of this Agreement:



<PAGE>


                                                                              27




20.1.1   the Seller:     Lakeside Place
                         1 Ernst Oppenheimer Drive
                         Bruma Lake
                         Johannesburg
                         2198

                         Telefax :(011) 622-8973

20.1.2   the Purchaser:  Lakeside Place
                         1 Ernst Oppenheimer Drive
                         Bruma Lake
                         Johannesburg
                         2198

                         Telefax :(011) 622-8973

20.2     Any notice or communication required or permitted to be given in
         terms of this Agreement shall be valid and effective only if in
         writing, but it shall be competent to give notice by telefax.

20.3     Any party may by written notice to the other parties change its
         chosen address to another physical address and/or its chosen telefax
         number to another telefax number, provided that the change shall
         become effective on the fourteenth day after the receipt of the
         notice by the addressee.

20.4     Any notice to a party contained in a correctly addressed envelope
         and:

20.4.1   sent by prepaid registered post to it at its chosen address;  or

20.4.2   delivered by hand to a responsible person during ordinary business
         hours at its chosen address,


<PAGE>


                                                                              28





         shall be deemed to have been received, in the case of 20.4.1, on the
         seventh business day after posting (unless the contrary is proved)
         and, in the case of 20.4.2, on the day of delivery.

20.5     Any notice by telefax to a party at its telefax number shall be
         deemed, unless the contrary is proved, to have been received within
         24 hours of transmission where it is transmitted during normal
         business hours or within 24 hours of the opening of business on the
         first business day after it is transmitted where it is transmitted
         outside those business hours.

21  INTERPRETATION

21.1     In this Agreement, unless the context requires otherwise:

21.1.1   words importing any one gender shall include the other two genders;

21.1.2   the singular shall include the plural and vice versa;

21.1.3   a reference to natural persons shall include created entities
         (corporate or unincorporate) and vice versa;

21.1.4   the headings have been inserted for convenience only and shall not
         be used for nor assist or affect the interpretation of this
         Agreement.

21.2     If any definition contains a substantive provision conferring rights
         or imposing obligations on anyone, effect shall be given to it as if
         it were a substantive provision in the body of this Agreement.


<PAGE>


                                                                              29





21.3     Any reference to an enactment is to that enactment as at the date of
         signature of this Agreement and as amended or re-enacted from time
         to time.

21.4     When any number of days is prescribed in this Agreement, such days
         shall be reckoned exclusively of the first and inclusively of the
         last day unless the last day falls on a Saturday, Sunday or official
         public holiday in the RSA, in which case the last day shall be the
         next succeeding day which is not a Saturday, Sunday or public
         holiday.

21.5     Expressions defined in this Agreement shall bear the same meanings
         in Schedules to this Agreement which do not themselves contain their
         own definitions.

21.6     Where any term is defined within the context of any particular
         clause in this Agreement, the term so defined, unless it is clear
         from the clause in question that the term so defined has limited
         application to the relevant clause, shall bear the meaning ascribed
         to it in that clause, for all purposes in terms of this Agreement,
         notwithstanding that that term has not been defined in 1.

22  GENERAL

22.1     This document and the Schedules to it contain the entire Agreement
         between the parties.

22.2     If any clause or term of this Agreement should be invalid,
         unenforceable or illegal, then the remaining terms and provisions of
         this Agreement shall be deemed to be separate and severable
         therefrom, and shall continue in full force and effect unless such
         invalidity, unenforceability or illegality goes to the root of this
         Agreement.


<PAGE>


                                                                              30




22.3     No party shall have any claim or right of action arising from any
         undertaking, representation or warranty not included in this
         document.

22.4     No failure by a party to enforce any provision of this Agreement
         shall constitute a waiver of such provision or affect in any way a
         party's right to require performance of any such provision at any
         time in the future, nor shall the waiver of any subsequent breach
         nullify the effectiveness of the provision itself.

22.5     No agreement to vary, add to or cancel this Agreement shall be of
         any force or effect unless reduced to writing and signed by or on
         behalf of the parties to this Agreement.

22.6     No party may cede any of its rights or delegate any of its
         obligations under this Agreement without the prior written consent
         of the other party.

22.7     Each party warrants that it is acting as a principal and not as an
         agent for an undisclosed principal.

23  COSTS

    Each party shall bear its own costs of and incidental to the negotiating,
    drafting and preparation of this Agreement.


                                                                              31


<PAGE>


SIGNED at   Bruma   on the   May 13   1999
           -------          --------


                                               For:     WASP INTERNATIONAL
                                                        (PROPRIETARY) LIMITED



                                                   /s/ ALBERT VAN URK
                                                 -----------------------------
                                                 Signatory : Albert van Urk
                                                 Capacity  :       Director
                                                 Authority :



<PAGE>


                                                                              32




SIGNED at   Bruma   on the   May 13   1999
           -------          --------


                                        For:     WASP S.A.  (PROPRIETARY)
                                                 LIMITED

                                                   /s/ GUY REDFORD
                                                 -----------------------------
                                                 Signatory :
                                                 Capacity  :       Director
                                                 Authority : Board






<PAGE>






                                                                      SCHEDULE 1



DESCRIPTION OF THE BUSINESS

COMPANY PROFILE

Wasp Internation (Pty) Ltd was founded in late 1994 and incorporated towards
the end of 1995 to undertake GSM wireless communication developments. It is
privately owned and funded. The shareholder are actively involved in the
business.

Wasp has become an I.T. services company with particular focus on GSM (Global
System for Mobile Communications) data communications. Key services provided
encompass positioning, location-based services and telematics.

Wasp's core business is to design, develop, manufacture, operate and market
world-class GSM peripheral applications and services.

Manufacturing, sales, distribution, fleet management and theft recovery
operations are managed on an outsourced basis. Key skills are in electronic
hardware development, embedded control communication, data warehouse and data
distribution, communication software programming and an acute knowledge of
GSM communication at all levels - network switch, terminals, communication
layers, TC/IP, SMPP and SS7 blue book specifications, database design and
development of billing systems interacting with the network processes.

Wasp designed, developed and operates an acclaimed "World First" in GSM
virtual positioning that is deployed successfully in vehicle tracking and
theft recovery. This systems operates over the MTN GSM network and supports
in excess of 15,000 operational units.

The complete system is a multi-faceted development embracing all facets of
terminal design, manufacturing, communication, backbone database development,
billing, and operational services that interface with customer driven front
end or bureau operated graphical information systems. The high volume fault
redundant communication servers, and the interactive customer support systems
and response services are unmatched by any other company in GSM developments
for remote vehicle management. These systems and facilities are highly rated
and respected in the GSM and wireless communications industry.

The system is regarded as the foremost technology for interactive "theft
recovery and remote fleet management" providing secure, reliable digital
bi-directional GSM communication throughout and beyond the national network
coverage footprint.

More recently the development has been expanded to include a comprehensive
full feature GSM communication based fleet management system supporting GPS
positioning, that can integrate with trunk and open radio and interacts with
a modular full feature transportation and logistics management system.

Wasp's products are assembled in ISO 9002 facilities and incorporate
extensive lifelong quality and functionality testing.

During late 1997 a letter of intent was signed and later this year agreement
reached with Technor International Inc, a NASDAQ OTC listed stock (TNOR) for
non-exclusive distribution rights for the technology in Sweden and Nordic
countries. This may, if required be expanded to Europe and other GSM areas.

Wasp actively seeks joint venture relationships and has secured key contracts
that have facilitated developments in niche markets and applications, which
have prohibitively high cost entry considerations for competitors.

Wasp's strategy has been to follow a low market profile whilst the
technologies and systems were being developed and proven for robust
commerical application. The foundation platforms for varied applications
deployment is commercially stable, tested for high volume processing and
ready for rapid role out to high demand markets. There are few known
competitors involved in dedicated GSM development. GSM tariffs, control of
GSM equipment and high technology development costs remain the challenges and
barriers to entry for competitors.

Wasp's products and services have attracted significant international
interest. Wasp is now in the process of restructuring its business to exploit
these opportunities both locally and internationally.


<PAGE>







                                                                      SCHEDULE 2



CONTRACTS



All contracts, whether verbal or otherwise, with the following Companies and
all other suppliers in the normal course of business are ceded to Wasp S.A.
(Pty) Ltd in terms of the Sale of Business Agreement:

Capital Air (Pty) Ltd
Capital Control Centre (Pty) Ltd
PGG Radio Communications (Pty) Ltd
Barlows Trucks Logistics & Contracts (Pty) Ltd
Infobank cc
Matrix Vehicle Tracking (Pty) Ltd
AMS Holdings (Pty) Ltd
MTN
Wavecom
Applied Test Systems



<PAGE>






                                                                      SCHEDULE 3


FIXED ASSETS

         WASP S.A. FIXED ASSET REGISTER        Office Equipment


OFFICE EQUIPMENT WRITTEN OFF OVER              4 YRS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Description      Date     Num  Name                   Memo             Cost Price     Depr '97   Depr '98    Depr '99       NBV
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                                                      28-Feb-99
<S>         <C>          <C>  <C>              <C>                     <C>            <C>        <C>         <C>         <C>

   Cheque   11-Mar-98    1370 Makro            Generator                 3,903.51                              975.88     2,927.63
            14-Apr-98    1405 Macrowatt        Grommet Mould             2,100.00                              481.25     1,618.75
            25-Jun-98    1518 Connecta         Pneumatic Fixture Kit     7,560.00                            1,417.50     6,142.50
            18-Sep-98    1669 Canon            Fax Machine               6,495.00                              811.80     5,683.13
            11-Nov-98    1759 Label Data       Label Printing Machine    8,743.55                              728.63     8,014.92
            30-Nov-98    1902 Datamet          LS4004 Scanner            2,811.40                              234.28     2,577.12
            14-Jan-99    1929 Datamet          Handheld Scanner           2,943.78                              122.66     2,821.12
                                                                       -----------------------------------------------------------
Total Office Equipment                                                  34,557.24            -          -    4,772.07    29,785.17
                                                                       ===========================================================
</TABLE>

                                   Page 1


<PAGE>

         WASP S.A. FIXED ASSET REGISTER         Furniture & Fittings

FURNITURE & FITTINGS WRITTEN OFF OVER           6 YRS


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Description      Date     Num  Name                   Memo             Cost Price     Depr '97   Depr '98    Depr '99       NBV
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                                                        28-Feb-99
<S>         <C>          <C>  <C>              <C>                     <C>            <C>        <C>         <C>         <C>
   Cheque   24-Nov-95     105 Sembel-it                                  2,419.30       510.37     403.20      403.06    1,102.67
   Cheque   29-Nov-95     106 Sembel-it                                  2,419.30       504.85     403.20      403.06    1,108.19
   Bill      4-Mar-96   36091 KMI                                        3,464.00       571.01     577.31      577.10    1,738.58
   Bill      5-Mar-96   36154 KMI                                       10,512.00     1,728.00   1,751.93    1,751.30    5,280.77
   Bill     18-Apr-96   37292 KMI                                          357.00       357.00       0.00        0.00         -
   Cheque   22-May-96     249 Makro             Um                         447.18       447.18       0.00        0.00         -
   Bill     20-Jun-96   39182 KMI                                        5,666.00       654.57     944.30      943.96    3,123.18
   Cheque   17-Jul-96     334 Unirack           Computer cabinet         2,040.00       210.52     339.99      339.86    1,149.63
   Bill     28-Aug-96   40396 KMI                                          150.00       150.00       0.00        0.00         -
   Cheque   10-Sep-96     431 Dexian                                     2,100.00       163.97     349.99      349.86    1,236.18
   Bill     19-Sep-96   41125 KMI                                        2,517.00       186.19     419.48      419.33    1,491.99
   Cheque   20-Sep-96     444 Hyperama          Carpets                  1,385.96       101.89     230.98      230.90      822.18
   Bill     27-Sep-96   41426 KMI                                        1,218.00        85.65     202.99      202.92      726.44
   Bill     30-Sep-96   41544 KMI               Plus C/N 4194              824.53       824.53       0.00        0.00         -
   Cheque    2-Dec-96     552 Data-net          Cabinet                  3,752.72       150.79     625.43      625.20    2,351.30
   Cheque   31-Jan-97     656 Hyperama          Microwave                1,489.47        19.04     248.24      248.15      974.05
   Cheque    5-May-97     814 Austen Safe                               13,443.11                1,866.35    2,239.62    9,337.14
   Cheque   18-Aug-97    1015 Ryan James                                   944.00                   91.74      157.27      694.99
   Bill     18-Aug-97   50949 KMI                                        1,601.00                  155.59      266.73    1,178.68
   Cheque   26-Aug-97    1025 Lithos                                    20,847.20                2,026.00    3,473.14   15,348.06
   Cheque   15-Sep-97    1071 Lithos                                       960.00                   79.97      159.94      720.10
   Bill     19-Sep-97  119603 Optiplan                                   2,329.00                  194.01      388.01    1,746.98
   Cheque    2-Oct-97    1105 Ryan James                                 1,914.00                  132.86      318.87    1,462.26
   Cheque   25-Nov-97    1189 Ryan James                                   517.00                   28.71       86.13      402.16

                                                                       -----------------------------------------------------------
Total Furniture & Fittings                                              83,317.77     6,665.56  11,072.26   13,584.41   51,995.54
                                                                       ===========================================================
</TABLE>

                                   Page 1

<PAGE>


         WASP S.A. FIXED ASSET REGISTER        Software

COMPUTER SOFTWARE WRITTEN OFF OVER             2 YRS


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Description      Date     Num  Name                   Memo             Cost Price     Depr '97   Depr '98    Depr '99       NBV
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                                                        28-Feb-99
<S>         <C>          <C>  <C>              <C>                     <C>            <C>        <C>         <C>         <C>
    Cheque  19-Feb-98    1339 VIP              Payroll software          2,355.00                   98.13    1,177.50    1,079.38
    Cheque  18-Mar-98    1374 Datamet          CISCO 11.2               10,964.03                            5,482.02    5,482.02
            11-Nov-98    1759 Label Data       Labelview Software        3,084.52                              514.09    2,570.43
                                                                       -----------------------------------------------------------
                                                                        16,403.55          -        98.13    7,173.60    9,131.82
                                                                       ===========================================================
</TABLE>

                                   Page 1


<PAGE>


         WASP INTERNATIONAL FIXED ASSET REGISTER        Vehicles

MOTOR VEHICLES WRITTEN OFF OVER                4 YRS


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Description      Date     Num  Name                   Memo             Cost Price     Depr '97   Depr '98    Depr '99       NBV
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                                                        28-Feb-99
<S>         <C>          <C>  <C>              <C>                     <C>            <C>        <C>         <C>         <C>
    Cheque  10-Feb-97     670 Wesbank          Uno Delivery             10,069.65      124.15     2,517.41    2,517.41    4,910.68
                                                                       -----------------------------------------------------------
 Total Motor Vehicles                                                   10,069.65      124.15     2,517.41    2,517.41    4,910.68
                                                                       ===========================================================
</TABLE>

                                   Page 1

<PAGE>


         WASP INTERNATIONAL FIXED ASSET REGISTER        Computer Equipment

COMPUTER EQUIPMENT WRITTEN OFF OVER            3 YRS


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Description      Date     Num  Name                   Memo             Cost Price     Depr '97   Depr '98    Depr '99       NBV
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                                                        28-Feb-99
<S>         <C>          <C>  <C>           <C>                       <C>            <C>        <C>         <C>         <C>

C1 Cheque   26-Jan-96    128 Datamet        DX 4/100                     9,460.53     3,447.26   3,153.48     2,859.79        -
C2 Cheque    8-Feb-96    144 Datamet        DX 4/100                     1,072.53       378.08     357.51       336.94        -
C3 Bill      8-May-96    444 Datamet        Etherlink & 8Port Hub          921.93       921.93       0.00         0.00        -
   Bill     15-May-96    459 Datamet        Trio 64 with 2Mb Dram          429.82       429.82       0.00         0.00        -
   Bill     22-May-96    461 Datamet        Modem & 3 Modem adaptors     1,002.63       258.21     334.21       334.21      76.01
   Bill     24-May-96    467 Datamet        Computer                     2,517.54       643.75     839.17       839.17     195.45
   Bill     27-May-96    470 Datamet        Scanner                        293.86       293.86       0.00         0.00        -
   Bill      3-Jun-96    477 Datamet        Computer Expenses            1,911.52       471.33     637.17       637.17     165.86
   Bill      6-Jun-96    487 Datamet        Computer Expenses            1,494.74       364.47     498.24       498.24     133.79
   Bill     20-Jun-96    506 Datamet        Computer Expenses            4,212.28       973.25   1,404.08     1,404.08     430.87
   Bill     27-Jun-96    516 Datamet        Cable                        6,522.81     1,465.40   2,174.25     2,174.25     708.91
   Bill      4-Jul-96    523 Datamet        Cable                          379.62       379.62       0.00         0.00        -
   Bill     10-Jul-96    529 Datamet        Monitors,                    7,235.96     1,539.71   2,411.96     2,411.96     872.32
   Bill     16-Jul-96    533 Datamet        Monitors                    13,369.30     2,771.54   4,456.39     4,456.39   1,684.98
   Bill     17-Jul-96    537 Datamet        Office Pro for Win 95        1,664.91       343.63     554.96       554.96     211.35
   Cheque   19-Jul-96    324 IncredCon                                     130.70       130.70       0.00         0.00        -
   Bill     22-Jul-96    544 Datamet        Monitors                     5,547.46     1,139.81   1,882.47     1,882.47     742.71
   Bill     14-Aug-96    576 Datamet        Pentium, 2.1 Gb HD           7,044.73     1,273,84   2,348.22     2,348.22   1,074.45
   Bill     21-Aug-96    587 Datamet        Fax Modem, 2X modems(LL)     4,994.74       871.23   1,664.90     1,664.90     793.72
   Bill     27-Aug-96    596 Datamet        Computer Expenses              267.54       267.54       0.00         0.00        -
   Bill     10-Sep-96    630 Datamet        2 x Pentium                 15,663.16     2,446.03   5,221.00     5,221.00   2,775.13
   Bill     22-Oct-96    684 Datamet        Computers                    6,434.21       758.00   2,144.72     2,144.72   1,386.78
   Cheque   29-Nov-96    543 Power Deve     UPS                          4,338.75       360.57   1,446.24     1,446.24   1,085.71
   Bill     30-Jan-97    790 Datamet        2 Cell phns, Mintower Cs     2,530.70        67.02     843.56       843.56     776.56
   Bill      6-Feb-97    804 Datamet        Pentium, 2x 2.1 GB HD        9,361.40       188.08   3,120.44     3,120.44   2,932.45
   Cheque   27-Mar-97    755 Datamet        Pentium, 4 gig.              3,583.33                1,194.32     1,194.32   1,194.57
   Bill      1-Apr-97    879 Datamet        MAG Monitor                  2,760.53                  835.06       920.17   1,005.30
   Bill     14-Apr-97    896 Datamet        Pentium 1.2Gb Hd             5,190.35                1,570.08     1,730.10   1,890.17
   Bill     15-Apr-97    914 Datamet        Hub, Network Card, Hub      19,980.70                6,044.16     6,660.17   7,276,37
   Bill     23-May-97    956 Datamet        4x Laser Scanners           12,519.30                3,442.81     4,173.06   4,903.43
   Bill     29-May-97    963 Datamet        SCSI Hard Drive              2,710.53                  745.40       903.50   1,061.63
   Bill      2-Jun-97    970 Datamet        Pentium/1.2Gb/64 Ram/CD Rom  8,878.29                2,197.38     2,959.40   3,721.51
   Bill     12-Jun-97    999 Datamet        Seagate 2149 MB x 2          7,725.79                1,912.13     2,575.24   3,238.42
</TABLE>


                                    Page 1


<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Description      Date     Num  Name                   Memo             Cost Price     Depr '97   Depr '98    Depr '99       NBV
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                                                        28-Feb-99
<S>         <C>          <C>  <C>           <C>                       <C>            <C>        <C>         <C>         <C>
   Bill     26-Jun-97   1013 Datamet        Pentium x 2,                10,618.42                2,628.06     3,539.44   4,450.92
   Bill     15-Aug-97   1080 Datamet        Pentium x 3, Deskjet 690    13,373.68                2,574.43     4,457.85   6,341.40
   Bill     27-Aug-97   1094 Datamet        2.1. Gb SCSI HD              3,039.47                  585.10     1,013.15   1,441.23
   Bill      1-Sep-97   1101 Datamet        DPT2144WR-Controller         3,337.72                  550.72     1,112.56   1,674.43
             1-Dec-97   1225 Datamet        17" Monitor, Pentium M Board 8,127.19                  670.49     2,709.04   4,747.66
             5-Dec-97   1240 Datamet        Dual Pentium M Board         1,436.84                  118.54       478.94     839.36
             5-Dec-97   1240 Datamet        9.1 GB SCSI HD               4,752.63                  261.39     1,584.19   2,907.04
             6-Dec-97   1241 Datamet        Pentium                      3,359.65                  192.73     1,119,87   2,047.05
            15-Jan-98   1226 Datamet        6.4 GB Quantum               1,098.24                               366.08     732.16
            16-Jan-98   1269 Datamet        9.1 GB H D                   6,103.51                             2,034.48   4,069.03
            21-Jan-98   1275 Datamet        APC 420 VA UPS               1,964.91                               654.96   1,309.95
            30-Jan-98   1304 Datamet        Pentium CD Rom               3,141.23                             1,047.07   2,094.15
            18-Mar-98   1374 Datamet        Cisco Router                 7,017.54                             2,339.16   4,678.38
            27-Mar-98   1386 Datamet        2 x 6.4 GB HD                3,095.61                             1,031.86   2,063.75
             5-Apr-98   1411 Datamet        Pentium + Monitor            9,374.56                             2,864.16   6,510.40
             5-Apr-98   1414 Datamet        Upgrade for Server           9,216.67                             2,815.92   6,400.75
             2-Jun-98   1519 Datamet        Computer for Zeus Server    14,918.42                             3,729.23  11,189.19
             4-Jun-98   6135 Datamet        APC - UPS                    5,092.98                             1,273.12   3,819.86
             6-Jul-98   1535 Intelligent DoBid Computer                 16,500.00                             3,666.30  12,833.70
            15-Oct-98   1820 Datamet        Tapestore                    2,415.79                               335.49   2,080.30
            29-Oct-98   1844 Datamet        MAG Monitor                  2,409.65                               334.64   2,075.01
            27-Nov-98   1871 Datamet        Apollo Server               21,978.07                             2,441.76  19,536.31
            27-Nov-98   1872 Datamet        PC - Carol                   6,494.74                               721.57   5,773.17
             6-Jan-99   1191 SCS            Printer Server               2,150.00                               119.43   2,030.57
            25-Feb-99   1930 Rectron        2 x 17" Monitors             4,100.00                               113.88   3,986.12
            26-Feb-99   1934 Rectron        17" Monitor - Mark           1,545.00                                42.91   1,502.09
                                                                      ------------------------------------------------------------
Total Computer Equipment                                               338,914.71    22,184.68  61,015.76    98,241.82 157,472.45
                                                                      ============================================================
</TABLE>


                                         Page 2


<PAGE>

                                                                     SCHEDULE 4


EXCLUDED ASSETS


         WASP INTERNATIONAL FIXED ASSET REGISTER        Furniture & Fittings

FURNITURE & FITTINGS WRITTEN OFF OVER          6 YRS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Description      Date     Num  Name                   Memo             Cost Price     Depr '97   Depr '98    Depr '99       NBV
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                                                        28-Feb-99
<S>         <C>          <C>   <C>          <C>                       <C>            <C>        <C>         <C>         <C>
   Bill        4-Mar-96  36089 KMI                                      37,298.00     6,148.21   6,216.08    6,213.65   18,719.86
   Cheque      4-Jul-96    320 Datanet                                   3,784.92       413.06     630.79      630.57    2,110.50
   Bill       31-Aug-96  40522 KMI                                       7,500.00       619.86   1,249.95    1,249.50    4,380.69
   Cheque      6-Dec-96    560 Unirack         Computer                  2,058.00        78.94     342.99      342.86    1,293.21
   Cheque     10-Mar-97    733 Chairworks                                3,000.00                  499.80      499.80    2,000.40
   Cheque     12-Jun-97    888 Ryan James      Legs & Lini               4,598.10                  574.53      766.04    3,257.52
   Cheque      4-Sep-97   1058 Ryan James                               14,486.00                1,206.68    2,413.37   10,865.95
              26-Jan-98   1288 Chairworks                               12,797.00                  355.33    2,131.98   10,309.69
                                                                      ------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                        85,522.02     7,260.07  11,076.16   14,247.97   52,937.82
                                                                      ============================================================
</TABLE>
                                       Page 1





<PAGE>

         WASP INTERNATIONAL FIXED ASSET REGISTER        Computer Equipment

COMPUTER EQUIPMENT WRITTEN OFF OVER            6 YRS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Description      Date     Num  Name                   Memo             Cost Price     Depr '97   Depr '98    Depr '99       NBV
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                                                        28-Feb-99
<S>         <C>          <C>  <C>           <C>                       <C>            <C>        <C>         <C>         <C>
   Bill       25-Jul-96   549 Datamet       Pentium, 550 Westen Dig Hd   4,178.07       831.80   1,392.68    1,392.68      560.92
   Bill        7-Aug-96   565 Datamet       Pentium, 550 Westen Dig Hd   5,648.25     1,057.43   1,882.73    1,882.73      825.36
   Cheque     16-Oct-96   489 G Theron      Laser printer                2,500.00       308.22     833.33      833.33      525.13
   Bill        8-Jan-97   759 Datamet       Pentium, 2 Monitors         10,073.68       469.19   3,357.86    3,357.86    2,888.77
   Bill        2-Jun-97   969 Datamet       Laptop & Fax Modem          13,563.16                3,356.88    4,521.01    5,685.27
   Bill       19-Jun-97  1001 Datamet       Pentium, 2Gb, 16 Ram         6,416.67                1,588.13    2,138,87    2,689.68

              11-Mar-98  1369 Infobank      Portable Comp                2,825.00                              941.66    1,883.34
              24-Apr-98  1447 Datamet       2 x Computers(replacements) 12,062.28                            3,685.33    8,376,95
              25-Jun-98  1560 Datamet       Computer Upgrade RvG         2,897.00                              724.18    2,172.82
              16-Jul-98  1627 Datamet       PC - Glen                    6,286.84                            1,396.94    4,889.90
              20-Jul-98  1634 Datamet       PC -                         3,438.60                              764.06    2,674.54
              10-Sep-98  1752 Datamet       PC- Richard                  8,885.09                            1,480.70    7,404.39
              23-Sep-98  1775 Datamet       Test Platform -3 PC's       19,340.35                            3,223.07   16,117.28
              23-Oct-98  1840 Datamet       PC - Lab                     6,480.71                              900.01    5,580.70
              16-Nov-98       Audiovox      Sony Laptop                 13,354.25                            1,483.66   11,870.59
              30-Nov-98  1883 Datamet       PC- Lori                     7,506.14                              833.93    6,672.21
               4-Jan-99  TRF                Psion Diary                  4,999.00                              277.69    4,721.31
              18-Feb-98  1917 Mustek        Meper Pentium + Monitor      8,650.00                              240.25    8,409.75
                                                                     -------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                       139,105.09     2,666.64  12,411.60   30,077.94   93,948.91
                                                                     =============================================================
</TABLE>



<PAGE>

         WASP INTERNATIONAL FIXED ASSET REGISTER       Software

COMPUTER SOFTWARE WRITTEN OFF OVER            6 YRS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Description      Date     Num  Name                   Memo             Cost Price     Depr '97   Depr '98    Depr '99       NBV
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                                                        28-Feb-99
<S>         <C>          <C>  <C>           <C>                       <C>            <C>        <C>         <C>         <C>
   Bill        9-May-97   932 Datamet       Delphi 2.01                  9,912.28                4,130.12    4,958.14      826.02
   Cheque     25-Aug-97  1023 Cadshop       Orcad                       16,578.95                4,835.53    8,289,48    3,453.95

   Cheque     21-May-98  1468 QD            C - Cro                      9,880.00                            4,116.67    5,763.33
               4-Aug-98  1577 Synetics      Delphi 4 Software            7,000,00                            2,014.67    4,958.33
              21-Jan-99  1799 Incredible Cc C++ Software                 1,753.51                              146.13    1,607.38
                                                                     -------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                        45,124.74         -       8,965.64  19,550.07   16,609.02
                                                                     =============================================================
</TABLE>

                                      Page 1


<PAGE>

         WASP INTERNATIONAL FIXED ASSET REGISTER       Office Equipment

OFFICE EQUIPMENT WRITTEN OFF OVER             4 YRS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Description      Date     Num  Name                   Memo             Cost Price     Depr '97   Depr '98    Depr '99       NBV
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                                                        28-Feb-99
<S>         <C>          <C>  <C>           <C>                       <C>            <C>        <C>         <C>         <C>

   Bill        1-Apr-97   878 Datamet       Lumina Fax Machine           1,942.11                  445.07      485.53    1 011.52
                                                                       ----------------------------------------------------------
Total Office Equipment                                                   1,942.11                  445.07      485.53    1 011.52
                                                                       ==========================================================
</TABLE>






                                    Page 1








<PAGE>


                                                                      SCHEDULE 5



VALUES OF CERTAIN ASSETS OF THE BUSINESS


     SEE SCHEDULE 3







<PAGE>







                                                                     SCHEDULE 6


LEASED ASSETS

     NONE






<PAGE>







                                                                     SCHEDULE 7



EMPLOYEES NOT TO BE TRANSFERRED IN TERMS OF CLAUSE 13 OF AGREEMENT

1.   Engelbrecht P
2.   Mothapo J
3.   Parsons R
4.   Redford G
5.   Van Aardt C
6.   Van der Merwe G
7.   Van der Walt N
8.   Van der Walt T
9.   Van Graan R
10.  Van Urk A
11.  Van Wyk P




<PAGE>






                                                                     SCHEDULE 8


THE WGT



[OMITTED BASED UPON A REQUEST FOR CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT PURSUANT TO TULE 24B-2
UNDER THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934. THE OMITTED PORTION HAS BEEN FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.]



<PAGE>


                                                                   EXHIBIT 10.12

                                PROJECT AGREEMENT

[CERTAIN PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT HAVE BEEN OMITTED BASED UPON A REQUEST FOR
CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT PURSUANT TO RULE 24B-2 UNDER THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE
ACT OF 1934. OMITTED PORTIONS: SECTION 4.1 (IN PART), APPENDIX 1, APPENDIX 2,
APPENDIX 3, APPENDIX 4. THE OMITTED PORTIONS HAVE BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH
THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.]


This project agreement (this "Agreement") is made and entered into by and
between

1.   CellPoint Systems AB, with an address for purposes of this Agreement at
     Sofielundsvagen 4, 191 47 Sollentuna ("CP"), and

2.   Tele2 AB, with an address for purposes of this Agreement at Box 62, 164 94
     Kista ("Tele2").

CP and Tele2 are hereinafter individually referred to as "Party" and they are
jointly referred to as the "Parties".

1.   BACKGROUND

1.1  CP has developed a system enabling GSM-based positioning and telematics
     (the "CellPoint System"). The CellPoint System is described in the
     CellPoint System Technical Description (APPENDIX 1).

1.2  Tele2 is licensed to operate mobile communications services in Sweden.

1.3  Tele2 has decided to launch commercial positioning services to its
     customers based on the CellPoint System after a Quotation from CP (APPENDIX
     2). Tele2's positioning services are described in the Product Description
     (APPENDIX 3). The implementation of Tele2's positioning services are
     described in the Implementation Project Definition (APPENDIX 4).

1.4  CP and Tele2 are interested in jointly carrying out a project in order to
     implement Tele2's positioning services (the "Implementation Project") and
     to negotiate the detailed terms and conditions of a commercial agreement
     (the "Commercial Agreement").

1.5  In consideration of the foregoing, the Parties have agreed the following:

2.   SCOPE OF THE AGREEMENT

2.1  The scope of this Agreement is to regulate the relationship and the
     activities between CP and Tele2 during the Implementation Project. The aim
     is to conclude all necessary preparations before the commercial launch of
     Tele2's positioning services as described in the Product Description. The
     Parties shall jointly


<PAGE>


                                                                               2

     determine the specifications and the evaluation criteria to test the
     performance and capacity of the Tele2's Positioning services as described
     in the Product Description. The target date for internal launch of Tele2's
     positioning services is June 1, 1999.

2.2  Further, in parallel with the Implementation Project, CP and Tele2 shall
     negotiate the detailed terms and conditions of, and execute as
     expeditiously as possible, the Commercial Agreement, which shall be based
     on the Quotation.

3.   THE DIVISION OF RESPONSIBILITIES AND COSTS

     The division of responsibilities and costs between the Parties during the
     Implementation Project shall be as specified in this Agreement and its
     Appendices. As expeditiously as possible after the start of the
     Implementation Project, the Parties shall agree on a project plan (the
     "Project Plan") detailing the activities and the time schedule and sequence
     of events for the performance of the Implementation Project.

4.   COMMERCIAL AGREEMENT

4.1  This Agreement shall form the basis for the final Commercial Agreement and
     the Parties shall use best efforts to conduct good faith negotiations on
     the detailed terms and conditions of the Commercial Agreement. The
     Commercial Agreement shall have an initial term of 24 months and it shall,
     unless terminated by either party, be prolonged for consecutive 12-month
     periods. [OMITTED BASED UPON A REQUEST FOR CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT PURSUANT
     TO RULE 24B-2 UNDER THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934. THE OMITTED
     PORTION HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE
     COMMISSION.]

4.2  [OMITTED BASED UPON A REQUEST FOR CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT PURSUANT
     TO RULE 24B-2 UNDER THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934. THE OMITTED
     PORTION HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE
     COMMISSION.]

5.   INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY RIGHTS


<PAGE>


                                                                               3

     The CellPoint System, including any confidential information of CP and all
     rights therein, including without limitation, any intellectual property
     rights relating thereto, are owned solely by CP and no such rights are
     granted and/or transferred to Tele2 pursuant to this Agreement. All CP's
     trademarks, service marks, trade names, logos or other words or symbols are
     and will remain the exclusive property of CP and any use by Tele2 of the
     trademarks and/or logos of CP or the CellPoint System are subject to the
     terms and conditions of the Commercial Agreement.

6. CONFIDENTIALITY

6.1  Neither Party shall use or divulge or communicate to any person (other than
     those whose province it is to know the same or as permitted or contemplated
     by this Agreement or with the written approval of the other Party or as may
     be required by law or by any applicable stock exchange regulations):

     (a)  any confidential information concerning the systems, customers,
          business, accounts, finance or contractual arrangements or other
          dealings, transactions or affairs of the other Party which may come to
          first Party's knowledge during the term of this Agreement; or

     (b)  any of the terms of this Agreement

     and each Party shall use its best endeavours (i) to prevent the
     unauthorised publication or disclosure of any such information, materials
     or documents and (ii) to ensure that any person to whom such information,
     materials or documents are disclosed by such Party is aware that the same
     is confidential to the other Party.

6.2  Each Party shall ensure that its employees are aware of and comply with the
     confidentiality and non-disclosure provisions contained in this Section and
     shall indemnify the other Party against any loss or damage which the other
     Party may sustain or incur as a result of any breach of confidence by any
     of such Party's employees.

6.3  The provisions of this Section shall survive the termination of this
     Agreement, but the restrictions contained in sub-section 6.1 shall cease to
     apply to any information which may come into the public domain otherwise
     than through unauthorised disclosure by either Party or their employees.

7.   TERMINATION

7.1  Notwithstanding anything else contained herein, this Agreement may be
     terminated by either Party forthwith on giving notice in writing to the
     other if the other Party:


<PAGE>


                                                                               4

     (a)  becomes insolvent or starts negotiations about composition with its
          creditors or a petition in bankruptcy is filed by or against it or it
          makes an assignment for the benefit of its creditors; or

     (b)  fails to fulfil any of its material obligations under this Agreement
          and (in case of a failure capable of being remedied) remedial action
          to correct such failure is not commenced within thirty (30) days from
          having received a written request for such remedial action from the
          first Party, which request specifically references the section of this
          Agreement being breached and which explicitly states the first Party's
          intention to terminate this Agreement pursuant to this sub-section
          7.1(b) if such remedial action is not commenced within such thirty day
          period.

7.2  Any termination of this Agreement (howsoever occasioned) shall not affect
     any accrued rights or liabilities of either Party nor shall it affect the
     coming into force or the continuance in force of any provision hereof which
     is expressly or by implication intended to come into or continue in force
     on or after such termination.

8.   LIABILITY

     Since the scope of this Agreement is to carry out the Implementation
     Project and not to provide the CellPoint System for commercial use, the
     Parties agree that neither Party shall be liable to the other Party or any
     third party for any indirect damages or losses caused by, or related to,
     the CellPoint System and/or either Party's performance (or non-performance)
     of its obligations hereunder. The liability for direct damages between the
     Parties to be limited to SEK 500,000. CP disclaims all warranties, either
     express, implied or statutory warranties, including but not limited to the
     warranties of design, merchantability or fitness for a particular purpose,
     with respect to the CellPoint System. CP does not warrant, guarantee, or
     make any representations regarding the use of, or the results of the use
     of, the CellPoint System in terms of correctness, accuracy, reliability or
     otherwise, and Tele2 relies on the Cell-Point System and its results solely
     at Tele2s own risk. The Parties acknowledge that the limitations and
     exclusions of liability are reasonable in the context of the arrangements
     taken on a whole. This limitation of liability clause shall be renegotiated
     when entering into the Commercial Agreement.

9.   FORCE MAJEURE

9.1  Neither Party will be responsible for failure to fulfil its obligations due
     to events of force majeure nor due to events beyond its control or due to
     events beyond its sub-contractors' control.


<PAGE>


                                                                               5

9.2  The events referred to in sub-section 9.1 include, but are by no way
     limited to; partial or total strikes (either internal or external),
     lock-out, inclemency, epidemic, blockage of means of transport or of
     supplies for whatever reason, earthquake, fire, storm, flood, water damage
     and governmental or legal restrictions.


10.  SEVERABILITY

     If a provision of this Agreement, or the application thereof to any person
     or circumstance, shall for any reason or to any extent, be invalid or
     unenforceable, such invalidity or enforceability shall not in any manner
     affect or render invalid or unenforceable the remainder of this Agreement,
     and the application of that provision to other persons or circumstances
     shall not be affected but, rather, shall be enforced to the extent
     permitted by law. In the event of the invalidity or unenforceability of any
     provision of this Agreement or of the application thereof to any person or
     circumstance, the Parties shall, at the request of either Party, negotiate
     in good faith to agree on changes of amendments to this Agreement which are
     required to carry out the intent and accomplish the purpose of this
     Agreement in the light of such invalidity or unenforceability.

11.  WAIVER

     The failure of either Party hereto to insist upon the strict adherence to
     any term of this Agreement on any occasion shall not be considered as a
     waiver of any right hereunder nor shall it deprive that Party of the right
     to insist upon the strict adherence to that term or any other term of this
     Agreement at some other time.

12.  AGREEMENT

     This Agreement (which term shall be deemed to include all of the Appendices
     attached hereto) constitutes the entire agreement between the Parties with
     respect to its subject matter, and supersedes all other agreements,
     understandings and contracts whether oral or written with respect thereto.
     Any purchase order, order acknowledgement, invoice or other document
     containing additional or different terms of conditions shall not have force
     or effect upon the terms of conditions of this Agreement and any Party
     receiving such document shall not be deemed to have accepted said
     additional or different terms or conditions by its failure to object
     thereto.

13.  SURVIVAL OF RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS


<PAGE>


                                                                               6

     Rights and obligations under this Agreement, which by their nature would
     continue beyond the termination or ending in any other way of this
     Agreement shall survive the termination of this Agreement.

14.  AMENDMENTS

     No amendments, changes, revisions or discharges of this Agreement, in whole
     or in part, shall have any force or effect unless set forth in writing and
     signed by the Parties hereto.

15.  ASSIGNMENT

     The Parties may not wholly or partly assign, sub-contract, pledge or
     otherwise encumber any of its rights and/or obligations under this
     Agreement to any third party, except as expressly stated herein or with the
     prior written consent of the other Party. Notwithstanding the foregoing,
     either Party may assign all of its rights or obligations arising out of
     this Agreement to any company which is from time to time a holding company
     or a subsidiary of such Party or a subsidiary of any such holding company.

16.  PRESS RELEASES

     Subject to the consent of the other Party (which consent shall not be
     unreasonably withheld or delayed) each Party may issue one or several press
     releases with respect to the Implementation Project and this Agreement.

17.  NON-EXCLUSIVITY

     This Agreement will in no way be deemed to restrict or otherwise limit CP's
     right to freely carry on (on its own or jointly with third parties) any
     business, testing, development or research activities anywhere in the
     world, including, but not limited to, the marketing and operation of the
     CellPoint System.

18.  GOVERNING LAW


<PAGE>


                                                                               7

     This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed and enforced in
     accordance with the substantive laws of Sweden without regard to its
     principles of conflicts of laws.

19.  ARBITRATION

     Any and all disputes, controversies and claims arising out of or in
     connection with this Agreement, or the breach, termination or invalidity
     thereof, shall be settled by arbitration in accordance with the rules of
     the Arbitration Institute of the Stockholm Chamber of Commerce. Unless the
     Parties agree otherwise, the arbitration proceedings shall be conducted in
     Stockholm, Sweden, in the English language. The arbitration award shall be
     final and binding upon the Parties.

20.  NOTICES

     All notices required by this Agreement to be given by either Party to the
     other Party shall be in English, unless otherwise is specifically agreed
     upon, and shall be sent by mail, telex or telefax and shall be addressed to
     the last known address of the other Party and shall be confirmed by
     registered letter if so required.

21.  EFFECTIVE DATE

     This Agreement becomes effective when it has been duly executed by both
     Parties.

                                ----------------


<PAGE>


                                                                               8

This Agreement has been executed in two identical counterparts, whereof the
Parties have taken one each.

Date:                                             Date:
April 23, 1999                                    April 23, 1999
Place:                                            Place:


CELLPOINT SYSTEMS AB                              TELE2 AB


/S/ PETER HENRICSSON,                             /S/ LARS-JOHAN JARNHEIMER,
- ---------------------                             --------------------------
     PRESIDENT                                        MANAGING DIRECTOR


<PAGE>


                                                                               9

                                                                      Appendix 1

CellPoint System

Technical Description


[OMITTED BASED UPON A REQUEST FOR CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT PURSUANT TO RULE 24B-2
UNDER THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934. THE OMITTED PORTION HAS BEEN FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.]

<PAGE>


                                                                              10

                                                                      Appendix 2

CellPoint System

Quotation


[OMITTED BASED UPON A REQUEST FOR CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT PURSUANT TO RULE 24B-2
UNDER THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934. THE OMITTED PORTION HAS BEEN FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.]


<PAGE>


                                                                              11

                                                                      Appendix 3

CellPoint System

Positioning Services
Product Description


[OMITTED BASED UPON A REQUEST FOR CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT PURSUANT TO RULE 24B-2
UNDER THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934. THE OMITTED PORTION HAS BEEN FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.]


<PAGE>


                                                                              12

                                                                      Appendix 4

CellPoint System

Positioning Service Implementation Project Definition


[OMITTED BASED UPON A REQUEST FOR CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT PURSUANT TO RULE 24B-2
UNDER THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934. THE OMITTED PORTION HAS BEEN FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.]





<PAGE>
                                                                   EXHIBIT 10.13


- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
[LOGO]

DIRECTION DES OPERATIONS ET DU DEVELOPPEMENT
DIRECTION DES ACHATS ET DU CONTROLE DE GESTION
41-45 BOULEVARD ROMAIN ROLLAND
75672 PARIS CEDEX 14

     CONTRACT 99 8G ...

                             EXPERIMENTATION OF THE
                           " GSM LOCALISATION" SERVICE


                                   SUPPLIER :
                              CELLPOINT SYSTEMS AB

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

[CERTAIN PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT HAVE BEEN OMITTED BASED UPON A REQUEST FOR
CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT PURSUANT TO RULE 24B-2 UNDER THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE
ACT OF 1934. OMITTED PORTIONS: ARTICLE 6; SECTION 7.1; SECTION 7.2; SECTION
7.3; ARTICLE 11; ARTICLE 15 (IN PART). THE OMITTED PORTION HAS BEEN FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.]


<PAGE>


BETWEEN :

     FRANCE TELECOM,

     A "societe anonyme" i.e. French-law joint stock company, with capital of
     4,098,458,244 EUROS, entered on the Trade and Companies Register of Paris,
     France, under the nDEG. 380 129 866, whose address for service for the
     purposes of the present contract is 41-45 Boulevard Romain Rolland -
     F-75672 Paris cedex 14, represented by the signatory of the present
     Contract,

     AND

     CELLPOINT SYSTEMS

     Company : Cellpoint Systems AB

     With capital of :
     ...............................................
     Entered on the Trade and Companies Register of :
     ..................................................................
     Registered office : Sofiellundsvagen 4, 191 47 Sollentuna , Sweden
     Represented by : Guy Redford

     Hereinafter "the Parties"


                   IT HAS BEEN AGREED AND DECIDED AS FOLLOWS :


<PAGE>


               --------------------------------------------------
                                TABLE OF CONTENTS
               --------------------------------------------------

<TABLE>

<S>                                                                                                       <C>
DEFINITIONS                                                                                                4

       ARTICLE 1 - PURPOSE OF THE CONTRACT                                                                 5
       ARTICLE 2 - EXECUTION OF THE SERVICES                                                               5
       ARTICLE 3 - TERM OF THE CONTRACT                                                                    5
       ARTICLE 4 - THE PARTIES' OBLIGATIONS                                                                6
       ARTICLE 5 - CONTRACTUAL DOCUMENTS                                                                   6
       ARTICLE 6 - AMOUNT OF THE CONTRACT                                                                  7
       ARTICLE 7 -TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR DRAWING UP PRICES                                               7
       ARTICLE 8 - LETTERS OF ORDER                                                                        8
       ARTICLE 9 - INVOICING                                                                               8
       ARTICLE 10 - METHODS OF PAYMENT                                                                     8
       ARTICLE 11 - TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF PAYMENT                                                        9
       ARTICLE 12 - PROGRESS REPORT                                                                        9
       ARTICLE 13 - HOST SITES                                                                             9
       ARTICLE 14 - VALIDATION OF OPERATIONS                                                              10
       ARTICLE 15 - QUALITY CRITERIA                                                                      10
       ARTICLE 16 - EXCLUSIVITY                                                                           10
       ARTICLE 17 - LIABILITY                                                                             11
       ARTICLE 18 - RIGHTS ARISING FROM INTELLECTUAL CREATION                                             11
       ARTICLE 19 - THE YEAR 2000                                                                         14
       ARTICLE 20 - COMPETENCE                                                                            14
       ARTICLE 21 - LANGUAGE                                                                              14
       ARTICLE 22 - RIGHT OF TRANSFER                                                                     14
       ARTICLE 23 - INTEGRALITY                                                                           15
</TABLE>


<PAGE>



               --------------------------------------------------
                                   DEFINITIONS
               --------------------------------------------------


BLOCKING IRREGULARITY : This means an irregularity making it impossible to issue
the Official Technical Appraisal Report.

SPECIFICATIONS : This means the document issued by FT setting out the technical
and operational specifications for the localisation service.

TECHNICAL APPRAISAL : This means the technical tests carried out by FT with the
assistance of Cellpoint Systems, making it possible to issue the official
Technical Appraisal Report.

EXPERIMENTATION : This includes the Technical Appraisal phase and commercial
experimentation.

COMMERCIAL EXPERIMENTATION : Commercial experimentation follows acceptance of
the Technical Appraisal. This phase makes it possible to carry out
experimentation under real localisation service conditions as defined in the
specifications.

ORDER LETTER : This is the document issued by FT, binding it firmly. It sets out
the price, the types of services, the quantities and the time-limits for
providing them.

MAINTENANCE : This means all services and action ensured by Cellpoint Systems,
in order to ensure maximum reliability of the System.

OFFICIAL TECHNICAL APPRAISAL REPORT : This is a document drawn up by FT, signed
by the Parties, officially acknowledging delivery of the system and making it
possible to declare acceptance of the latter.

OFFICIAL EXPERIMENTATION ACCEPTANCE REPORT : This is a document drawn up by FT,
signed by the Parties, officially acknowledging acceptance of Experimentation,
and making it possible to declare said acceptance of the system, possibly
accompanied by reserves.

SERVER : This refers to Cellpoint Systems' platform. This platform is the
support which makes it possible to check that Cellpoint Systems' services are in
conformity with the operational and technical specifications set out in the
contractual documents. The Server is made up of the actual platform itself and
the associated software.

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS : This is the document issued by Cellpoint Systems,
containing all of the technical information inherent to the System being
experimented.

SYSTEM : This refers to all of the means (software, material and equipment,
operating environment) necessary for the supply of the GSM localisation service,
and all of the means which Cellpoint Systems hereby undertakes to made available
to FT, which shall be in conformity with that which is defined in the present
contract in terms of resources, capacities, and functions.

TECHNICAL TESTS : This refers to all of the tests carried out by FT during the
Technical Appraisal, as defined in the Tests specifications (appendix 3).


<PAGE>


ARTICLE 1 - PURPOSE OF THE CONTRACT

The purpose of the present contract is to entrust Cellpoint Systems with the
execution of services necessary for Experimentation by FT of a fleet
localisation and management GSM service, as defined in the specifications under
the reference number FTM/DIP/SVA/PR/98/loc/CDC-CPS dated 22 December 1998.

The parties hereby expressly agree that the present contract shall only be
entered into for the purpose of carrying out Experimentation, and that the
provisions thereof do not stipulate that the parties undertake to enter into a
contract again, under any form whatsoever, for the purpose of operating the
service concerned by Experimentation, commercially.

ARTICLE 2 - EXECUTION OF THE SERVICES

The present contract is made up of two batches, one of which is conditional.

- - BATCH 1: TECHNICAL APPRAISAL

FTM shall carry out the Technical Tests for the GSM localisation system proposed
by Cellpoint Systems. These technical tests shall be carried out in Cellpoint
Systems' premises in Sweden. This phase shall begin on 3 May 1999, and end when
FTM issues the official Technical Appraisal Acceptance Report. This phase shall
last 10 business days.

- - BATCH 2 : COMMERCIAL EXPERIMENTATION

This phase shall be subject to FTM's issuing an Official Technical Appraisal
Acceptance Report. It shall begin at the latest one month after said official
report has been issued, and shall end either when FTM issues the Official
Experimentation Acceptance Report, or on October 3. This phase shall last 60
calendar days.

ARTICLE 3 - TERM OF THE CONTRACT

The contract shall take effect on 3 May 1999, and shall end on the first of the
two following dates:

     - The date on which the Official Experimentation Acceptance Report is
     issued

     - 3 October 1999, if the Official Experimentation Acceptance Report has not
     been issued at said date.

ARTICLE 4 - THE PARTIES' OBLIGATIONS

    4.1. CELLPOINT SYSTEMS' OBLIGATIONS

In order to enable FT to carry out the Technical Tests and commercial
Experimentation of the GSM localisation system, Cellpoint Systems shall supply
and/or make available to FT, continuously, throughout the entire term of the
present contract, unless the parties agree otherwise:


<PAGE>


     - the GSM localisation service as defined in appendix 1; to do so,
       Cellpoint Systems hereby undertakes to make available to FTM the
       system as described in appendix 4, principally made up of a Cellpoint
       Systems server linked up to the Itineris network, and to operate and
       maintain it. This server shall be configured to manage 200
       localisations per user per month and support 50 000 users;

     - technical assistance - Cellpoint Systems hereby undertakes to provide
       FT, as of the contract's coming into effect, with a telephone hotline
       number and to ensure this assistance service during business hours and
       business days i.e. 5 days per week from 8 a.m. until 7 p.m. (French
       time). Technical assistance shall be provided in the French or English
       languages;

     - with all elements and information required for the production of SIM
       cards, responsible for adequate SIM Tool Kit implementation;

     - support for the FT Hot Line;

     - all documentation concerning the System which FT might require in
       order to carry out Experimentation of the GSM localisation service;

     - training - during the commercial Experimentation phase, Cellpoint
       Systems shall ensure 5 days of training, in the English language to 5
       persons representing FT.

     4.2. FT 'S OBLIGATIONS

FT hereby undertakes to:

     - provide test customers, responsible for testing the service during the
       commercial experimentation phase, with compatible STK terminals
       equipped with SIM cards, including downloading of the STK application,
       subject to Cellpoint Systems providing all elements necessary for the
       production of said SIM cards.

     - provide technical documentation to each user of the service at the
       beginning of the commercial experimentation phase.

     - provide geographical configuration data for the network.

ARTICLE 5 - CONTRACTUAL DOCUMENTS

With respect to interpretation of the present contract, the body of the contract
shall prevail over the content of the appendices, and the contractual documents
are, by decreasing order of priority, as follows:

1 - The text of the present contract and its appendices:

     - Appendix nDEG.1 - Operational Specifications bearing the reference:
       FTM/DOD/SES/PR/002

     - Appendix nDEG.2 - The price list - Commercial proposal bearing the
       reference number:

     - Appendix nDEG.3 - CPS Tests Specifications bearing the reference number:

     - Appendix nDEG.4 - CPS Technical Specifications bearing the reference
       number:

<PAGE>


     - Appendix nDEG.5 - FT's Standard Terms and Conditions of Purchase -
       December 1998 Edition

2 - Order letters

ARTICLE 6 - AMOUNT OF THE CONTRACT

The amount of orders to be placed by FT under the present contract shall be
between:

[OMITTED BASED UPON A REQUEST FOR CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT PURSUANT TO RULE 24B-2
UNDER THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934. THE OMITTED PORTION HAS BEEN FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.]

ARTICLE 7 - TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR DRAWING UP PRICES

    7.1. DETERMINING PRICES

[OMITTED BASED UPON A REQUEST FOR CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT PURSUANT TO RULE 24B-2
UNDER THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934. THE OMITTED PORTION HAS BEEN FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.]

    7.2. PRICE LIST

[OMITTED BASED UPON A REQUEST FOR CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT PURSUANT TO RULE 24B-2
UNDER THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934. THE OMITTED PORTION HAS BEEN FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.]

    7.3. X25 LINKS

[OMITTED BASED UPON A REQUEST FOR CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT PURSUANT TO RULE 24B-2
UNDER THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934. THE OMITTED PORTION HAS BEEN FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.]

    7.4. TAX

The price of the present contract shall be subject to value added tax (V.A.T.)
at the legal rate in force on the date of invoicing.


<PAGE>


ARTICLE 8 - LETTERS OF ORDER

Letters of order issued shall bear:

     - reference to the present contract, a number, a date.

     - the designation, reference and price of the service ordered, in
     conformity with Cellpoint Systems' offer.

     - the places and time limits for delivery.


Throughout the entire term of the contract, FT may issue orders. If the duration
of an order is greater than that of the present contract, the clauses of the
present contract concerning execution or interpretation of the order shall
remain in force until the order expires.

ARTICLE 9 - INVOICING

The services shall be paid, on presentation of an invoice. Invoices concerning
payment shall be sent in triplicate to the following address:

                             FRANCE TELECOM MOBILES
                           DCCG - SERVICE COMPTABILITE
                         41-45, BOULEVARD ROMAIN ROLLAND
                             F-75672 PARIS CEDEX 14


Cellpoint Systems shall, obligatorily, set out the reference numbers of the
contract on all invoices, in order to facilitate payment thereof. Cellpoint
Systems shall indicate, on its invoice, the date payment must take place. This
date shall be equal, at the earliest, to t + 60 days, "t" being the date of
issue of the invoice by Cellpoint Systems, and the latter date shall not be
prior to the occurrence giving rise to the drawing up of the invoice.

ARTICLE 10 - METHODS OF PAYMENT

FT shall properly settle all amounts due under the present contract, by bank
transfer thereof to an account opened in the name of Cellpoint Systems, the
reference numbers of which shall be shown on each of the invoices. Full payment
shall only be made on condition that FT deems that the Experimentation results
are in conformity with those defined in the present contract.

Should, at the term of this contract, FT decide to enter into a contract with
Cellpoint Systems to provide its customers with the GSM localisation service,
Cellpoint Systems hereby undertakes to draw up a credit note for FT
corresponding to the amount of the present contract, and to deduct it from the
first invoice concerning the commercial start-up contract, and the following
invoices if necessary.

Should the Official Experimentation Acceptance Report not be issued before
October 3, Cellpoint Systems shall be bound to reimburse FT for all amounts paid
to it by FT under the present contract.


<PAGE>


ARTICLE 11 - TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF PAYMENT

Invoices shall be issued in accordance with the following terms and conditions:

[OMITTED BASED UPON A REQUEST FOR CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT PURSUANT TO RULE 24B-2
UNDER THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934. THE OMITTED PORTION HAS BEEN FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.]

ARTICLE 12 - PROGRESS REPORT

Cellpoint Systems hereby undertakes to supply every 15 days, a detailed report
setting out:

- - services executed
- - a detailed schedule of tasks to be continued or begun
- - indicator follow-up

The reports shall be sent by Fax to Mr Patrick REMY (NDEG. 01 55 22 23 43).
A final overall report shall be supplied by Cellpoint Systems five days before
Experimentation is deemed to have finished, in order to allow for issue of the
Official Experimentation Acceptance Report.

ARTICLE 13 - HOST SITES

                                CELLPOINT SYSTEMS
                                SOFIELUNDSVAGEN 4
                               S-191 47 SOLLENTUNA
                                     SWEDEN

The server shall be installed on the abovementioned host site, in premises
fitted out by Cellpoint Systems, at its own expense and under its own
responsibility, for the purpose of being equipped with telecommunications
infrastructure equipment. Should the equipment be moved, Cellpoint Systems
hereby undertakes to inform FT at least one month in advance, before moving
begins. Cellpoint Systems hereby undertakes to carry out said moving of
equipment, without interrupting the service.

It shall be Cellpoint Systems' responsibility to take all measures necessary to
prevent accidents, which could harm the proper operation of the present
contract.

Cellpoint Systems hereby undertakes to grant unrestricted access to the entire
system hosted in its premises, to any FT personnel who may have to work there.


<PAGE>


ARTICLE 14 - VALIDATION OF OPERATIONS

- - Stage 1 : The Official Technical Appraisal Acceptance Report shall only be
issued if any blocking irregularity, preventing operations, detected by FT,
shall have been corrected by Cellpoint Systems and FT shall have lifted the
reserves corresponding to it.

Technical Tests to be carried out are set out in a document called " Tests
Specifications ", set up beforehand by FT in collaboration with Cellpoint
Systems. FT reserves the right to carry out tests not provided for in the Tests
Specifications. Any such tests shall be taken into consideration, in agreement
with Cellpoint Systems, in the same manner as the tests initially provided for,
for the purposes of issuing the Official Technical Appraisal Acceptance Report.
By joint agreement, between the parties, these tests shall then be included in
the "Tests Specifications".

- - Stage 2 : The Official Experimentation Acceptance Report shall only be issued
by FT where the level of quality attained makes it possible to give approval for
implementation of the service.

Any irregularities discovered shall be corrected gradually as commercial
Experimentation is carried out, by Cellpoint Systems. The means implemented by
Cellpoint Systems shall result in a service in conformity with, and suitable
for, the criteria set out beforehand in the specifications.

ARTICLE 15 - QUALITY CRITERIA

Cellpoint Systems shall meet FT's quality criteria, by undertaking to supply a
service which complies with the indicators as defined in the Tests
specifications appended to the present contract. FT hereby reserves the right,
at all times, to point out shortcomings in the quality of the services supplied
to Cellpoint Systems. In agreement with FT, Cellpoint Systems shall immediately
take all steps it sees fit to re-establish a level of quality in conformity with
contractual undertakings.

Quality criteria during the period of commercial Experimentation shall be as
follows:

[OMITTED BASED UPON A REQUEST FOR CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT PURSUANT TO RULE 24B-2
UNDER THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934. THE OMITTED PORTION HAS BEEN FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.]

ARTICLE 16 - EXCLUSIVITY

Throughout the entire period of Experimentation and for 4 months after it ends,
Cellpoint Systems hereby undertakes

- - to refrain from entering into a contract with an FT competitor, on French
territory, for the GSM fleet localisation service, whether directly or
indirectly, for the purpose of carrying out Experimentation, or a
commercialisation phase

- - to refrain from entering into a contract with an FT competitor, on French
territory, for any other service arising from the system,whether directly or
indirectly, for the purpose of carrying out Experimentation, or a
commercialisation phase.


<PAGE>


By FT competitor shall be meant, in particular, any operator of fixed
telecommunications networks or services, any operator of mobile
radiocommunications (radio phones and e-mail) and any distributor of fixed
telephone message services or mobile radiocommunications.

ARTICLE 17 - LIABILITY

Cellpoint Systems hereby undertakes not to cause any dilapidation, disturbance
or loss of data in the information system of FTM, to which it is connected for
the execution of the present contract. Dilapidation, disturbance, or loss of
data shall be deemed to be direct damage.

In the case of damage or dilapidation caused by FTM, with respect to all or part
of the equipment made available to FTM, FTM hereby undertakes either to restore
said equipment to a normal state of operation or to replace it by equivalent
equipment or to pay to Cellpoint Systems the as yet non-amortised value
thereof, excluding damages. The burden of proof shall be on Cellpoint Systems
to show that the damage has been caused directly and exclusively by FTM.

The parties hereby acknowledge that they shall not under any circumstances
whatsoever be liable for any consequential damage they may cause to each other
during performance of the present contract, such as, in particular, operating
loss, shortfall in profit, image prejudice ...

ARTICLE 18 - RIGHTS ARISING FROM INTELLECTUAL CREATION

The clauses of this article apply to the property rights and utilisation rights
of Cellpoint Systems and FT with respect to the results arising from performance
of the Contract, referred to hereafter as the "results". These results are
made up of the results of the tests and commercial Experimentation, as well as
any specific developments realised by Cellpoint Systems for the performance of
the present contract.

The results shall be entirely and exclusively those supplied to FT during
execution of the services provided for under the contract, and at the end
thereof. All intellectual creations realised under the contract shall be a part
of the results.

18.1 GUARANTIES WITH RESPECT TO THIRD PARTIES

FT and Cellpoint Systems shall, insofar as each of them is concerned, continue
to have ownership of their knowledge, which may or may not be capable of being
covered by intellectual property rights, held prior to the date of conclusion of
the contract.

Should, for the execution of the Contract, Cellpoint Systems intend to make use
of processes and/or products covered by intellectual property rights, obtained
by itself or by means of a licence, at the date of conclusion of the Contract,
or in the process of being obtained at said date, Cellpoint Systems shall inform
FT thereof.


<PAGE>


18.2 INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY RIGHTS AND UTILISATION RIGHTS

     Gradually, as they are obtained, Cellpoint Systems shall transfer to FT all
     rights concerning the results. The transfer of these intellectual property
     rights to FT shall be effected for all countries and for the terms of legal
     protection applying to said rights.


<PAGE>


     Said rights thus transferred shall include, in particular, the right of:

     - reproduction, in as many copies as FT shall see fit, by all means, and on
       all supports and all sites

     - representation, using all techniques, including land-based television
       broadcasting and satellites,

     - modification to or development of the results,

     - adaptation, perfecting, correction, arrangement, decompilation, reverse
       engineering, simplification, addition, incorporation in present or future
       systems, transcription to another computer language, or translation into
       another language, creation of derivative works, both by FT itself and by
       third parties,

     - publication with respect to third parties,

     - use and exploitation on all central and/or local units by any number of
       users, in the form of source programmes and object programmes, on all
       sites and for the supply of services in shared time,

     - commercial exploitation and distribution of the results and their
       derivatives under any form whatsoever, whether for or without
       consideration.

     Each of the abovementioned rights shall apply to all modifications to or
     developments of the results which FT shall carry out, or cause to be
     carried out, by a third party. All of these rights may be transferred
     wholly or partly by FT to any third party of its choice.

     Cellpoint Systems hereby undertakes to inform FT promptly of the results,
     and to provide it with all assistance and all documents, and more
     generally, all information, irrespective of its form or support, necessary
     for FT to fully exercise its rights and to enable it to:

     - obtain, should it so desire, in its own name and at its own expense, any
       intellectual property right over the results which it sees fit, for all
       countries, and to carry out all formalities and take all steps necessary
       for implementing and protecting said rights,

     - use and exploit the Results.

     Cellpoint Systems hereby guarantees that contracts binding persons who
     shall be working directly or indirectly under the contract, do not contain
     any provision restricting FT's intellectual property rights over the
     results. Cellpoint Systems hereby undertakes to obtain the same guarantee
     from its subcontractors and/or suppliers.

     Cellpoint Systems may not exercise any right whatsoever over the results,
     except in the case of prior written agreement to the contrary from FT, and
     in accordance with terms and conditions which, if applicable, shall be
     determined by joint agreement.

     Should FT renounce, in writing, after receiving formal notice from
     Cellpoint Systems, obtaining intellectual property rights over the results,
     the contracting party may obtain such rights in its own name and at its own
     expense, on condition that it grants France Telecom, free of charge and on
     a non-exclusive basis, the right to exploit or to use said rights, France
     Telecom having the faculty of sub-licensing.


<PAGE>


ARTICLE 19 - THE YEAR 2000

Cellpoint Systems hereby undertakes to design and supply the GSM localisation
System in such a manner that it can be used between now and the year 2000, at
the date of changeover from the year 1999 to the year 2000, and beyond.
Cellpoint Systems commits itself with respect to continuity of service at the
dates corresponding to the changeover from 1999 to 2000 and beyond. Cellpoint
Systems hereby guarantees FTM against any failure, irregularity, error,
malfunction and, in general, everything which could affect before, during or
after the changeover to the year 2000, FTM's information service, due to the
taking into account of the changeover to the year 2000 in the services covered
by the present contract.

Cellpoint Systems hereby undertakes to carry out all requisite tests in order to
ensure that the processing of dates, the calculation of dates and all references
to dates, of whatever nature, are in accordance with transmillennium criteria,
the characteristics of the year 2000 (a Leap Year, in particular) and all of the
consequences arising therefrom.

As Cellpoint Systems must connect up its system to other equipment by means of
communications interfaces, it hereby undertakes that such connecting up shall
not require any development of, changes to, transformation or arrangement of any
kind whatsoever of all or part of said interfaces.

Should it default on any of these obligations, Cellpoint Systems hereby
undertakes to repair the prejudice incurred by FT.

ARTICLE 20 - COMPETENCE

The parties shall make their best endeavours to settle any disputes arising from
the interpretation and/or execution of the present contract on a friendly basis.
Should they be unable to reach a friendly agreement, all disputes shall be
submitted by either party to the "Tribunal de Commerce" i.e. Trade Court of
Paris, France. The present contract shall be governed by French law.

ARTICLE 21 - LANGUAGE

The contract shall be drawn up in the French and English languages. The French
and English versions of the contract shall be signed by both parties, but the
French language contract shall be binding and shall prevail over the English
language version.

ARTICLE 22 - RIGHT OF TRANSFER

As the present contract is entered into with respect to the actual personality
of Cellpoint Systems, the latter hereby undertakes not to transfer or to assign
all or part of its rights and/or obligations arising under the present contract,
in any form or any way whatsoever, without the prior written agreement of FT.


<PAGE>


ARTICLE 23 - INTEGRALITY

The present contract reflects the entire contractual obligations of FT and
Cellpoint Systems. The provisions of the present contract cancel out and replace
all acceptation, exchange of correspondence and/or agreements prior to the
signature of the present contract. No changes to the terms and conditions of the
present contract shall generate obligations with regard to FT and Cellpoint
Systems if they are not covered by a written additional clause signed by FT and
Cellpoint Systems.

Signed in duplicate, with one copy for each of the parties.

<TABLE>
<S>                               <C>                                       <C>                            <C>
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
In Paris                          on 26 July, 1999                          In Paris                       on 26 July, 1999
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Signature, name and capacity                                                Signature, name and capacity
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
/s/ PETER HENRICSSON, Chairman                                              /s/ JEAN CELESTE
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
of Cell point Systems                                                       of the person empowered
                                                                            to bind France Telecom
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Cellpoint Systems shall affix its company seal
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>



<PAGE>

                                                                    Exhibit 16.2

                         OHRLINGS PRICEWATERHOUSECOOPERS
                                    SE 113 97
                                STOCKHOLM, SWEDEN


                                                  Dated:  January 17, 2000


Securities and Exchange Commission
450 Fifth Street, N.W.
Washington, D.C. 20549

                    Re:  CellPoint Inc. (formerly Technor International, Inc.)
                         -----------------------------------------------------

Dear Sirs:

         We have read the statements made by CellPoint Inc. (f/k/a Technor
International, Inc.) contained pursuant to Item 4(ii) of Form 8-K, with respect
to the change in accountants.  We do not disagree with the statements regarding
our firm contained in such report.

                                        Very truly yours,



                                        /s/ OHRLINGS PRICEWATERHOUSECOOPERS

<TABLE> <S> <C>

<PAGE>
<ARTICLE> 5
<LEGEND>
This schedule contains summary financial information extracted from the
consolidated financial statements indicated below and is qualified in its
entirety by reference to such financial statements.
</LEGEND>

<S>                             <C>
<PERIOD-TYPE>                   YEAR
<FISCAL-YEAR-END>                          JUN-30-1999
<PERIOD-START>                             JUL-01-1998
<PERIOD-END>                               JUN-30-1999
<CASH>                                         180,073
<SECURITIES>                                         0
<RECEIVABLES>                                        0
<ALLOWANCES>                                         0
<INVENTORY>                                          0
<CURRENT-ASSETS>                               236,193
<PP&E>                                         156,282
<DEPRECIATION>                                  46,142
<TOTAL-ASSETS>                              11,756,541
<CURRENT-LIABILITIES>                          595,639
<BONDS>                                              0
                                0
                                          0
<COMMON>                                         8,190
<OTHER-SE>                                  11,152,712
<TOTAL-LIABILITY-AND-EQUITY>                11,756,541
<SALES>                                              0
<TOTAL-REVENUES>                                     0
<CGS>                                                0
<TOTAL-COSTS>                                        0
<OTHER-EXPENSES>                                96,272
<LOSS-PROVISION>                                     0
<INTEREST-EXPENSE>                                   0
<INCOME-PRETAX>                            (2,969,751)
<INCOME-TAX>                                         0
<INCOME-CONTINUING>                        (2,969,751)
<DISCONTINUED>                                       0
<EXTRAORDINARY>                                      0
<CHANGES>                                            0
<NET-INCOME>                               (2,969,751)
<EPS-BASIC>                                     (0.36)
<EPS-DILUTED>                                   (0.36)


</TABLE>


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission